AU8585198A - Benzyl compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by vla-4 - Google Patents
Benzyl compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by vla-4 Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- AU8585198A AU8585198A AU85851/98A AU8585198A AU8585198A AU 8585198 A AU8585198 A AU 8585198A AU 85851/98 A AU85851/98 A AU 85851/98A AU 8585198 A AU8585198 A AU 8585198A AU 8585198 A AU8585198 A AU 8585198A
- Authority
- AU
- Australia
- Prior art keywords
- phenylalanine
- prolyl
- substituted
- sulfonyl
- toluene
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 title claims description 23
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 title claims description 22
- 230000023404 leukocyte cell-cell adhesion Effects 0.000 title description 9
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 231
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 176
- -1 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 167
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 162
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 140
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 85
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical group N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 77
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 61
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 54
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 50
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 49
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 49
- 108010008212 Integrin alpha4beta1 Proteins 0.000 claims description 48
- 229960005190 phenylalanine Drugs 0.000 claims description 47
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 45
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 42
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 36
- OZMPCLDAZMPJKH-OALUTQOASA-N (2s)-2-[[(2s)-1-(4-methylphenyl)sulfonylpyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)N1[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(O)=O)CCC1 OZMPCLDAZMPJKH-OALUTQOASA-N 0.000 claims description 31
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 28
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 23
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 claims description 22
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 20
- 229960003767 alanine Drugs 0.000 claims description 19
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000004494 ethyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 15
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000000000 cycloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 229910052717 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000004485 2-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000005338 substituted cycloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010009900 Colitis ulcerative Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 201000006704 Ulcerative Colitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 8
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000031225 myocardial ischemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- XYEOALKITRFCJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-benzylhydroxylamine Chemical compound NOCC1=CC=CC=C1 XYEOALKITRFCJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010001052 Acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010012289 Dementia Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000004852 Lung Injury Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 201000009906 Meningitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000013616 Respiratory Distress Syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010038910 Retinitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010069363 Traumatic lung injury Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000011341 adult acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 201000000028 adult respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 231100000515 lung injury Toxicity 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003170 phenylsulfonyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)S(=O)(=O)* 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000002490 cerebral effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010014599 encephalitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 4
- 201000008383 nephritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- DBUZBTZXIHIIOJ-ROUUACIJSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2s)-1-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)sulfonylpyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoic acid Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)S(=O)(=O)C=1C=C(Cl)C=C(Cl)C=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 DBUZBTZXIHIIOJ-ROUUACIJSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- ZWQIKKDLVPEKLA-PGFLUOATSA-N 2-[(4-methylphenyl)sulfonylamino]-4-[1-[(2S)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]cyclohexa-2,4-dien-1-yl]butanoic acid Chemical compound C1(=CC=C(C=C1)S(=O)(=O)NC(CCC1(CC=CC=C1)C([C@H]1NCCC1)=O)C(=O)O)C ZWQIKKDLVPEKLA-PGFLUOATSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010012438 Dermatitis atopic Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- GMPKIPWJBDOURN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methoxyamine Chemical compound CON GMPKIPWJBDOURN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- ZXKINMCYCKHYFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminooxidanide Chemical compound [O-]N ZXKINMCYCKHYFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000008937 atopic dermatitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000000366 juvenile effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000005988 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001637 1-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004198 2-fluorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(F)=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001622 2-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000175 2-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004189 3,4-dichlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(Cl)=C(Cl)C([H])=C1* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003762 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(OC([H])([H])[H])=C(OC([H])([H])[H])C([H])=C1* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004211 3,5-difluorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C(F)C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1F 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004180 3-fluorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C(F)=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004800 4-bromophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1Br 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004801 4-cyanophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(C#N)=C([H])C([H])=C1* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001255 4-fluorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1F 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004172 4-methoxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(OC([H])([H])[H])=C([H])C([H])=C1* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004863 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(OC(F)(F)F)=C([H])C([H])=C1* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000051 benzyloxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 2
- UKJLNMAFNRKWGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexatrienamine Chemical group NC1=CC=C=C[CH]1 UKJLNMAFNRKWGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003854 p-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1Cl 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000636 p-nitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 claims description 2
- WYMSBXTXOHUIGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N paraoxon Chemical compound CCOP(=O)(OCC)OC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 WYMSBXTXOHUIGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000246 pyrimidin-2-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=NC(*)=NC([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- LMYRWZFENFIFIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonamide Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C=C1 LMYRWZFENFIFIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001037 p-tolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims 5
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- DFCDTIVDYCKWQK-GARIHTGFSA-N (2R)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)sulfonylamino]-3-[1-[(2S)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]cyclohexa-2,4-dien-1-yl]propanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)N[C@@H](C(O)=O)CC1(C(=O)[C@H]2NCCC2)C=CC=CC1 DFCDTIVDYCKWQK-GARIHTGFSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 125000004199 4-trifluoromethylphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 claims 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 125000004273 azetidin-2-yl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 claims 1
- YFNONBGXNFCTMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N butoxybenzene Chemical group CCCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 YFNONBGXNFCTMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- NTNZTEQNFHNYBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-aminoacetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CN NTNZTEQNFHNYBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 125000004574 piperidin-2-yl group Chemical group N1C(CCCC1)* 0.000 claims 1
- 125000002572 propoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims 1
- LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N teixobactin Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H]1C(N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C[C@@H]2NC(=N)NC2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)O[C@H]1C)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 125000004570 thiomorpholin-3-yl group Chemical group N1C(CSCC1)* 0.000 claims 1
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 148
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 100
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 90
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 78
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 78
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 76
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 72
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 69
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 53
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 52
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 46
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 46
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 45
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 44
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 42
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 39
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 39
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 37
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 37
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 33
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 30
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 28
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 27
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 27
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 26
- SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylmorpholine Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1 SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 25
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 25
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 24
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 24
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 24
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 23
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 22
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 22
- YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-toluenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 101150041968 CDC13 gene Proteins 0.000 description 21
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 21
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 21
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 21
- CWNPOQFCIIFQDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C1 CWNPOQFCIIFQDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 20
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 20
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 20
- 108010044426 integrins Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 102000006495 integrins Human genes 0.000 description 20
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 20
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 19
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 18
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 18
- 125000005553 heteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 125000005844 heterocyclyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 18
- 125000004001 thioalkyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 18
- 125000005000 thioaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 108010000134 Vascular Cell Adhesion Molecule-1 Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 102100023543 Vascular cell adhesion protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 17
- RROBIDXNTUAHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzotriazol-1-yloxy-tris(dimethylamino)phosphanium Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O[P+](N(C)C)(N(C)C)N(C)C)N=NC2=C1 RROBIDXNTUAHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 16
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 16
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 16
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 14
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium hydroxide Inorganic materials [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 14
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 14
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 125000005325 aryloxy aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 12
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 12
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-hydroxyproline Natural products OC1C[NH2+]C(C([O-])=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 12
- YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuryl dichloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)(=O)=O YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-IMJSIDKUSA-N trans-4-Hydroxy-L-proline Natural products O[C@@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 12
- CGPHGPCHVUSFFA-NSHDSACASA-N (2s)-1-(4-methylphenyl)sulfonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)N1[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC1 CGPHGPCHVUSFFA-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 11
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 11
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 11
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 11
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 11
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- GQHTUMJGOHRCHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,4,6,7,8,9,10-octahydropyrimido[1,2-a]azepine Chemical compound C1CCCCN2CCCN=C21 GQHTUMJGOHRCHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N Hydroxyproline Chemical compound O[C@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 10
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 229940086542 triethylamine Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000000266 alpha-aminoacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 9
- LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Chemical compound CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- RJSQINMKOSOUGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC1=CC(Cl)=CC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=C1 RJSQINMKOSOUGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 208000032116 Autoimmune Experimental Encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 8
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 150000003862 amino acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000004181 carboxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 8
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 208000012997 experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000005241 heteroarylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229960002429 proline Drugs 0.000 description 8
- GDPHNAZHHDEGFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[carbamimidoyl-(diaminomethylideneamino)sulfamoyl]-1-(diaminomethylideneamino)guanidine Chemical class N(C(=N)N)N(C(=N)N)S(=O)(=O)N(C(=N)N)NC(=N)N GDPHNAZHHDEGFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000000590 4-methylphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 7
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 7
- RMVRSNDYEFQCLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiophenol Chemical compound SC1=CC=CC=C1 RMVRSNDYEFQCLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetic acid Substances OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 6
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 6
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 6
- CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxalyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C(Cl)=O CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000020477 pH reduction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 5
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 5
- FPRSPUHXEPWUBZ-HNNXBMFYSA-N benzyl (2s)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoate Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)OCC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FPRSPUHXEPWUBZ-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000008499 blood brain barrier function Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000001218 blood-brain barrier Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 5
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000012230 colorless oil Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000002440 hydroxy compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- NONOKGVFTBWRLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanatosulfanylimino(oxo)methane Chemical compound O=C=NSN=C=O NONOKGVFTBWRLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000012746 preparative thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000000467 secondary amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 5
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 5
- SRQOBFXQILTASR-JTQLQIEISA-N (2s)-1-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)sulfonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(Cl)=CC(Cl)=C1 SRQOBFXQILTASR-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 4
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010016626 Dipeptides Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 4
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108091006629 SLC13A2 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000004657 carbamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000003739 carbamimidoyl group Chemical group C(N)(=N)* 0.000 description 4
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010931 ester hydrolysis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 4
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- DYHSDKLCOJIUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butoxycarbonyl anhydride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)OC(=O)OC(C)(C)C DYHSDKLCOJIUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloroperbenzoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000037260 Atherosclerotic Plaque Diseases 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000014644 Brain disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- DZLNHFMRPBPULJ-GSVOUGTGSA-N D-thioproline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H]1CSCN1 DZLNHFMRPBPULJ-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000016359 Fibronectins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010067306 Fibronectins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010033799 Paralysis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000002200 Respiratory Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 3
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphide Chemical compound [S-2] UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001266 acyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000010085 airway hyperresponsiveness Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzopyrazine Natural products N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 150000001244 carboxylic acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- HRYZWHHZPQKTII-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroethane Chemical compound CCCl HRYZWHHZPQKTII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000003038 endothelium Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- CJGXMNONHNZEQQ-JTQLQIEISA-N ethyl (2s)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CJGXMNONHNZEQQ-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960003750 ethyl chloride Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 3
- UHZYTMXLRWXGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus pentachloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)(Cl)Cl UHZYTMXLRWXGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FAIAAWCVCHQXDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus trichloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)Cl FAIAAWCVCHQXDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 3
- NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium iodide Chemical compound [K+].[I-] NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- QDRKDTQENPPHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium ethoxide Chemical compound [Na+].CC[O-] QDRKDTQENPPHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 3
- 230000006103 sulfonylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005694 sulfonylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- UWYZHKAOTLEWKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CNCCC2=C1 UWYZHKAOTLEWKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PAJPWUMXBYXFCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-aminocyclopropanecarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1(N)CC1 PAJPWUMXBYXFCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HIXDQWDOVZUNNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5-hydroxy-7-methoxychromen-4-one Chemical compound C=1C(OC)=CC(O)=C(C(C=2)=O)C=1OC=2C1=CC=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 HIXDQWDOVZUNNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ASSKVPFEZFQQNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzoxazolinone Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC(O)=NC2=C1 ASSKVPFEZFQQNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YEDUAINPPJYDJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxybenzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC(O)=NC2=C1 YEDUAINPPJYDJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NYIBPWGZGSXURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1Cl NYIBPWGZGSXURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RSJSYCZYQNJQPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dimethoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1OC RSJSYCZYQNJQPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UHCDBMIOLNKDHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)OC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 UHCDBMIOLNKDHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GRDXCFKBQWDAJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-acetamidobenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 GRDXCFKBQWDAJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DBMFYTQPPBBKHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 DBMFYTQPPBBKHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JXRGUPLJCCDGKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 JXRGUPLJCCDGKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000244188 Ascaris suum Species 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 2
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 241000700198 Cavia Species 0.000 description 2
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-SCSAIBSYSA-N D-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-SCSAIBSYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UWTATZPHSA-N D-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-MRVPVSSYSA-N D-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-MRVPVSSYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182832 D-phenylalanine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 229930182820 D-proline Natural products 0.000 description 2
- YIIMEMSDCNDGTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride Chemical compound CN(C)C(Cl)=O YIIMEMSDCNDGTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NTYJJOPFIAHURM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Histamine Chemical compound NCCC1=CN=CN1 NTYJJOPFIAHURM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical class ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- OBSIQMZKFXFYLV-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine amide Chemical compound NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 OBSIQMZKFXFYLV-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HXEACLLIILLPRG-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-pipecolic acid Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@@H]1CCCC[NH2+]1 HXEACLLIILLPRG-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182821 L-proline Natural products 0.000 description 2
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012359 Methanesulfonyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis{2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl}glycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 2
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IWIANZLCJVYEFX-RYUDHWBXSA-N Pro-Phe Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)[C@H]1NCCC1)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWIANZLCJVYEFX-RYUDHWBXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100030852 Run domain Beclin-1-interacting and cysteine-rich domain-containing protein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010067584 Type 1 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010062 adhesion mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000008044 alkali metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000005262 alkoxyamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001348 alkyl chlorides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000000172 allergic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000735 allogeneic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 2
- RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N anisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1 RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001503 aryl iodides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012911 assay medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000001363 autoimmune Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003651 basophil Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=CC=C1 HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 2
- 235000013877 carbamide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 2
- 208000023819 chronic asthma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012875 competitive assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002059 diagnostic imaging Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000001987 diarylethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- ISOLMABRZPQKOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl 2-acetamidopropanedioate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(NC(C)=O)C(=O)OCC ISOLMABRZPQKOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FAMRKDQNMBBFBR-BQYQJAHWSA-N diethyl azodicarboxylate Substances CCOC(=O)\N=N\C(=O)OCC FAMRKDQNMBBFBR-BQYQJAHWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 2
- QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl monosulfide Natural products CSC QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 2
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008387 emulsifying waxe Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003511 endothelial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012055 enteric layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003979 eosinophil Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- VFRSADQPWYCXDG-LEUCUCNGSA-N ethyl (2s,5s)-5-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylate;2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.CCOC(=O)[C@@H]1CC[C@H](C)N1 VFRSADQPWYCXDG-LEUCUCNGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CJGXMNONHNZEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-amino-3-phenylpropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CJGXMNONHNZEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FAMRKDQNMBBFBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl n-ethoxycarbonyliminocarbamate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)N=NC(=O)OCC FAMRKDQNMBBFBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002795 guanidino group Chemical group C(N)(=N)N* 0.000 description 2
- 238000011597 hartley guinea pig Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004968 inflammatory condition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003434 inspiratory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DWKPPFQULDPWHX-VKHMYHEASA-N l-alanyl ester Chemical compound COC(=O)[C@H](C)N DWKPPFQULDPWHX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium sulphate Substances [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CS(Cl)(=O)=O QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BNSOPXHDOLHEQV-NSHDSACASA-N methyl (2s)-1-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)sulfonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylate Chemical compound COC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(Cl)=CC(Cl)=C1 BNSOPXHDOLHEQV-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 2
- IYUKFAFDFHZKPI-DFWYDOINSA-N methyl (2s)-2-aminopropanoate;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.COC(=O)[C@H](C)N IYUKFAFDFHZKPI-DFWYDOINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HQEIPVHJHZTMDP-JEDNCBNOSA-N methyl (2s)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.COC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 HQEIPVHJHZTMDP-JEDNCBNOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YEPNFOMBMXWUOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-amino-4-phenylbutanoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(N)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 YEPNFOMBMXWUOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HUNUAFNLLYVTQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-chlorosulfonylbenzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1S(Cl)(=O)=O HUNUAFNLLYVTQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- OFCCYDUUBNUJIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-diethylcarbamoyl chloride Chemical compound CCN(CC)C(Cl)=O OFCCYDUUBNUJIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DMEKUKDWAIXWSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethyl-7-nitro-9h-fluoren-2-amine Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C2C3=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C3CC2=C1 DMEKUKDWAIXWSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SNMVRZFUUCLYTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-propyl chloride Chemical compound CCCCl SNMVRZFUUCLYTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxoplatinum Chemical compound [Pt]=O MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005298 paramagnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 description 2
- RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=NC2=C1 RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 2
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910003446 platinum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000006268 reductive amination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004043 responsiveness Effects 0.000 description 2
- FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sarcosine Chemical compound C[NH2+]CC([O-])=O FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000037390 scarring Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960001153 serine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium iodide Inorganic materials [Na+].[I-] FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- JQWHASGSAFIOCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium periodate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]I(=O)(=O)=O JQWHASGSAFIOCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003461 sulfonyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001984 thiazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DZLNHFMRPBPULJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thioproline Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CSCN1 DZLNHFMRPBPULJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000464 thioxo group Chemical group S=* 0.000 description 2
- 230000000451 tissue damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000827 tissue damage Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 238000007070 tosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- WJKHJLXJJJATHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic anhydride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F WJKHJLXJJJATHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UFXIRMVZNARBDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoro(morpholin-4-yl)-$l^{4}-sulfane Chemical compound FS(F)(F)N1CCOCC1 UFXIRMVZNARBDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000230 xanthan gum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010493 xanthan gum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001285 xanthan gum Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940082509 xanthan gum Drugs 0.000 description 2
- IADUEWIQBXOCDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2S)-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1CCN1 IADUEWIQBXOCDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQEBQGAAWMOMAI-ZETCQYMHSA-N (2s)-1-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(O)=O ZQEBQGAAWMOMAI-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZZMSDLWVAMNVOD-JTQLQIEISA-N (2s)-1-phenylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZZMSDLWVAMNVOD-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNRXNRGSOJZINA-QMMMGPOBSA-N (2s)-2,3-dihydro-1h-indole-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N[C@H](C(=O)O)CC2=C1 QNRXNRGSOJZINA-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZYJPUMXJBDHSIF-NSHDSACASA-N (2s)-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]-3-phenylpropanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 ZYJPUMXJBDHSIF-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- PECGVEGMRUZOML-AWEZNQCLSA-N (2s)-2-amino-3,3-diphenylpropanoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C([C@H](N)C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PECGVEGMRUZOML-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KHZVLGLEHBZEPO-QMMMGPOBSA-N (2s)-2-hydrazinyl-3-phenylpropanoic acid Chemical class NN[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 KHZVLGLEHBZEPO-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRONHWAVOYADJL-HNNXBMFYSA-N (2s)-3-phenyl-2-(phenylmethoxycarbonylamino)propanoic acid Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)O)NC(=O)OCC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RRONHWAVOYADJL-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHINASQYHDCLEU-BKLSDQPFSA-N (2s)-4-aminopyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical group NC1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 SHINASQYHDCLEU-BKLSDQPFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZIWHMENIDGOELV-BKLSDQPFSA-N (2s)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical class OC(=O)[C@@H]1CC(F)CN1 ZIWHMENIDGOELV-BKLSDQPFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYNANFOWNSGDJL-BKLSDQPFSA-N (2s)-4-sulfanylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical group OC(=O)[C@@H]1CC(S)CN1 OYNANFOWNSGDJL-BKLSDQPFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIRXUBXPDYOLBL-SJORKVTESA-N (2s,3r)-1-(4-methylphenyl)sulfonyl-3-phenylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)N1[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@@H](C=2C=CC=CC=2)CC1 PIRXUBXPDYOLBL-SJORKVTESA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIRXUBXPDYOLBL-IRXDYDNUSA-N (2s,3s)-1-(4-methylphenyl)sulfonyl-3-phenylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)N1[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@H](C=2C=CC=CC=2)CC1 PIRXUBXPDYOLBL-IRXDYDNUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IFHAEQNVHOYJHB-ONGXEEELSA-N (2s,4s)-4-amino-1-(4-methylphenyl)sulfonylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)N1[C@H](C(O)=O)C[C@H](N)C1 IFHAEQNVHOYJHB-ONGXEEELSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NXLNNXIXOYSCMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-nitrophenyl) carbonochloridate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C(OC(Cl)=O)C=C1 NXLNNXIXOYSCMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IADUEWIQBXOCDZ-VKHMYHEASA-N (S)-azetidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical class OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCN1 IADUEWIQBXOCDZ-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HYJQWMUBCRPGDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-thiazole-2-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)C1=NC=CS1 HYJQWMUBCRPGDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OGYGFUAIIOPWQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-thiazolidine Chemical compound C1CSCN1 OGYGFUAIIOPWQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUVZDXDCPRQZSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,5,6,7-tetrahydroindazol-4-one Chemical compound O=C1CCCC2=C1C=NN2 FUVZDXDCPRQZSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NDQKGEFMUGSRNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-(3-chloropropyl)piperazine Chemical compound C1CN(CCCCl)CCN1C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 NDQKGEFMUGSRNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FVTVMQPGKVHSEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-AMINOCYCLOBUTANE CARBOXYLIC ACID Chemical compound OC(=O)C1(N)CCC1 FVTVMQPGKVHSEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PVOAHINGSUIXLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Methylpiperazine Chemical compound CN1CCNCC1 PVOAHINGSUIXLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NXILIHONWRXHFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonyl]piperidine-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N1CCCC(C(O)=O)C1 NXILIHONWRXHFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JWOHBPPVVDQMKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N1CCC(C(O)=O)CC1 JWOHBPPVVDQMKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CRRUGYDDEMGVDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-bromoethylbenzene Chemical compound CC(Br)C1=CC=CC=C1 CRRUGYDDEMGVDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PJUPKRYGDFTMTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hydroxybenzotriazole;hydrate Chemical group O.C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 PJUPKRYGDFTMTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPOVTGVGOBJZPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-isocyanato-3-methoxybenzene Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(N=C=O)=C1 NPOVTGVGOBJZPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQURWGJAWSLGQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-isocyanatopropane Chemical compound CCCN=C=O OQURWGJAWSLGQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXUGUWTUFUWYRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylimidazole-4-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CN1C=NC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=C1 KXUGUWTUFUWYRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HCKNAJXCHMACDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CN1CCC(C(O)=O)CC1 HCKNAJXCHMACDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RDAVKKQKMLINOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylpyrazole-4-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CN1C=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=N1 RDAVKKQKMLINOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LLSKXGRDUPMXLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-phenylpiperidine Chemical compound C1CCCCN1C1=CC=CC=C1 LLSKXGRDUPMXLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PKDPUENCROCRCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-piperazin-1-ylethanone Chemical compound CC(=O)N1CCNCC1 PKDPUENCROCRCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-propanol Substances CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenothiazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVSFQJZRHXAUGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropanoyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(Cl)=O JVSFQJZRHXAUGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KELIOZMTDOSCMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,3a,4-tetrahydro-1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1C=CC=C2SCCC21 KELIOZMTDOSCMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQODWTNHDKDHIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=C1Cl PQODWTNHDKDHIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid (2S,3S)-3,4-dimethyl-2-phenylmorpholine Chemical compound OC(C(O)C(O)=O)C(O)=O.C[C@H]1[C@@H](OCCN1C)c1ccccc1 VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 0.000 description 1
- PVJZBZSCGJAWNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C(C)=C1 PVJZBZSCGJAWNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEJPPSMHUUQABK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-diphenyl-4h-1,3-oxazol-5-one Chemical compound O=C1OC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NC1C1=CC=CC=C1 IEJPPSMHUUQABK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JJKSHSHZJOWSEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dichlorothiophene-3-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC1=CC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=C(Cl)S1 JJKSHSHZJOWSEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUJSJWRORKKPAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,4-dichlorophenoxy)acetyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)COC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1Cl FUJSJWRORKKPAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(chloromethyl)pyridine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound ClCC1=NC=CC=C1C#N FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LLIYIWDQJKSVCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(diaminomethylideneamino)sulfonylguanidine Chemical compound NC(=N)NS(=O)(=O)NC(N)=N LLIYIWDQJKSVCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MXIUWSYTQJLIKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC=CC=C1C(Cl)=O MXIUWSYTQJLIKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUOOLUPWFVMBKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoisobutyric acid Chemical compound CC(C)(N)C(O)=O FUOOLUPWFVMBKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVAUUPRFYPCOCA-AREMUKBSSA-N 2-O-acetyl-1-O-hexadecyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC[C@@H](OC(C)=O)COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C HVAUUPRFYPCOCA-AREMUKBSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VRPJIFMKZZEXLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]acetic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NCC(O)=O VRPJIFMKZZEXLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KAJBMCZQVSQJDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]butanedioic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NC(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KAJBMCZQVSQJDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NZCKTGCKFJDGFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromobenzoyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1Br NZCKTGCKFJDGFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UORPZQUQDLLNGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-n-(6-chlorohexyl)ethanimine Chemical compound ClCCCCCCN=CCCl UORPZQUQDLLNGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRWICZHXYMHBDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chlorosulfonylbenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1S(Cl)(=O)=O ZRWICZHXYMHBDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONOMACKDWBXLGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-isocyanatosulfanylethylbenzene Chemical compound O=C=NSCCC1=CC=CC=C1 ONOMACKDWBXLGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQVMZRZWNPTCJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-1,3-thiazole-4-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CC1=NC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=CS1 NQVMZRZWNPTCJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPZXFICWCMCQPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylbenzoyl chloride Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C(Cl)=O GPZXFICWCMCQPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGMOBVGABMBZSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropanoyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)C(Cl)=O DGMOBVGABMBZSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VLRSADZEDXVUPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-naphthalen-1-ylpyridine Chemical compound N1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12 VLRSADZEDXVUPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMZCDNSFRSVYKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylacetyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 VMZCDNSFRSVYKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LKFNLHZZPHHFEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 LKFNLHZZPHHFEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HACRKYQRZABURO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethyl isocyanate Chemical compound O=C=NCCC1=CC=CC=C1 HACRKYQRZABURO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-isoindole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CNC=C21 VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PYSGFFTXMUWEOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propan-1-ol Chemical compound CN(C)CCCO PYSGFFTXMUWEOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical group NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XCFVFYCWPSBTLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-isocyanatosulfanylpropylbenzene Chemical compound O=C=NSCCCC1=CC=CC=C1 XCFVFYCWPSBTLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYLQTKJROAUTJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-isocyanatosulfanylpyridine Chemical compound O=C=NSC1=CC=CN=C1 CYLQTKJROAUTJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZAPMTSHEXFEPSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(2-chloroethyl)morpholine Chemical compound ClCCN1CCOCC1 ZAPMTSHEXFEPSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXDPPADZILPFLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-methylphenyl)sulfonylthiomorpholine-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)N1C(C(O)=O)CSCC1 SXDPPADZILPFLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OZDCZHDOIBUGAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 OZDCZHDOIBUGAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 4-[[(3ar,5ar,5br,7ar,9s,11ar,11br,13as)-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-3a-[(5-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-propan-2-yl-4,5,6,7,7a,9,10,11,11b,12,13,13a-dodecahydro-3h-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl]oxy]-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@]12CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@H]5C(C)(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)CC[C@]5(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3C1=C(C(C2)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CN=CC(C)=C1 QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KMMHZIBWCXYAAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(Br)C=C1 KMMHZIBWCXYAAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UVGFHUNOQIVABI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-carbamimidoylbenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound NC(=N)C1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 UVGFHUNOQIVABI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AVPYQKSLYISFPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chlorobenzaldehyde Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 AVPYQKSLYISFPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BFXHJFKKRGVUMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound FC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 BFXHJFKKRGVUMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004203 4-hydroxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000006306 4-iodophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1I 0.000 description 1
- TVSXDZNUTPLDKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-isocyanatobenzonitrile Chemical compound O=C=NC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 TVSXDZNUTPLDKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DTJVECUKADWGMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 DTJVECUKADWGMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GTVVZTAFGPQSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-nitrophenylalanine Chemical class OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 GTVVZTAFGPQSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YEZADZMMVHWFIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-tert-butylbenzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 YEZADZMMVHWFIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-quinolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2CC=CC=C21 GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HWGVUNSKAPCFNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-chloro-1,3-dimethylpyrazole-4-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CC1=NN(C)C(Cl)=C1S(Cl)(=O)=O HWGVUNSKAPCFNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SORSTNOXGOXWAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-chlorothiophene-2-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)S1 SORSTNOXGOXWAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BULODOHSYVQOJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9h-fluoren-9-ylmethyl 2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-1-carboxylate Chemical group C12=CC=CC=C2C2=CC=CC=C2C1COC(=O)N1C(=O)CCC1=O BULODOHSYVQOJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006491 Acacia senegal Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium acetate Chemical compound N.CC(O)=O USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005695 Ammonium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001156002 Anthonomus pomorum Species 0.000 description 1
- 200000000007 Arterial disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003210 Arteriosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010003645 Atopy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- CKDWPUIZGOQOOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamyl chloride Chemical compound NC(Cl)=O CKDWPUIZGOQOOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- PTHCMJGKKRQCBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cellulose, microcrystalline Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 PTHCMJGKKRQCBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910021589 Copper(I) bromide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000557626 Corvus corax Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-OH-Asp Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-alpha-Ala Natural products CC([NH3+])C([O-])=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008574 D-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000004624 Dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical compound S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004435 EPR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010014612 Encephalitis viral Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910004373 HOAc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 101000994375 Homo sapiens Integrin alpha-4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000935043 Homo sapiens Integrin beta-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010020880 Hypertrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Imidazolidine Chemical compound C1CNCN1 WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100032818 Integrin alpha-4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010041012 Integrin alpha4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100025304 Integrin beta-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoflurane Chemical compound FC(F)OC(Cl)C(F)(F)F PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007836 KH2PO4 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005909 Kieselgur Substances 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N L-Alanine Natural products C[C@@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002435 L-phenylalanyl group Chemical group O=C([*])[C@](N([H])[H])([H])C([H])([H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-L L-tartrate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 102000007547 Laminin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010085895 Laminin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lidocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 206010027260 Meningitis viral Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000006751 Mitsunobu reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000187479 Mycobacterium tuberculosis Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000006386 Myelin Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010083674 Myelin Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000009421 Myristica fragrans Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- SCIFESDRCALIIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Me-Phenylalanine Natural products CNC(C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 SCIFESDRCALIIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SCIFESDRCALIIM-VIFPVBQESA-N N-methyl-L-phenylalanine Chemical compound C[NH2+][C@H](C([O-])=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 SCIFESDRCALIIM-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010934 O-alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- SJMKJXFFDGGUFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N OC(=O)C1(N)CCCC1.OC(=O)C1(N)CCCC1.OC(=O)C1(N)CCCCC1 Chemical compound OC(=O)C1(N)CCCC1.OC(=O)C1(N)CCCC1.OC(=O)C1(N)CCCCC1 SJMKJXFFDGGUFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZXVCUCQBFNUNV-RSAXXLAASA-N OS(=O)(=O)Cc1ccccc1.N[C@@H](Cc1ccccc1)C(=O)OCc1ccccc1 Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)Cc1ccccc1.N[C@@H](Cc1ccccc1)C(=O)OCc1ccccc1 RZXVCUCQBFNUNV-RSAXXLAASA-N 0.000 description 1
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=O YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010004729 Phycoerythrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010003541 Platelet Activating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000025747 Rheumatic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010077895 Sarcosine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000034189 Sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000000231 Sesamum indicum Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001800 Shellac Polymers 0.000 description 1
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-OUBTZVSYSA-N Technetium-99 Chemical compound [99Tc] GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010052779 Transplant rejections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010053648 Vascular occlusion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMWJQPMSEVSRQX-UHFFFAOYSA-M [I-].COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1[Zn+] Chemical compound [I-].COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1[Zn+] PMWJQPMSEVSRQX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940081735 acetylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000038016 acute inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006022 acute inflammation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000019997 adhesion receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010013985 adhesion receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008369 airway response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002152 alkylating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000961 alloantigen Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-phenylglycine Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001132 alveolar macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000006598 aminocarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000019257 ammonium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940043376 ammonium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000003484 anatomy Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002399 angioplasty Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003423 ankle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000005428 anthryl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C3C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C3=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000436 anus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000709 aorta Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010002906 aortic stenosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008365 aqueous carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008321 arterial blood flow Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960005261 aspartic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002820 assay format Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000009089 atopic dermatitis 5 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002393 azetidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 1
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- CSKNSYBAZOQPLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 CSKNSYBAZOQPLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- UENWRTRMUIOCKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl thiol Chemical class SCC1=CC=CC=C1 UENWRTRMUIOCKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003181 biological factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010322 bone marrow transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012888 bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005013 brain tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005587 bubbling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- WEDIIKBPDQQQJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane-1-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CCCCS(Cl)(=O)=O WEDIIKBPDQQQJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000378 calcium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052918 calcium silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960003340 calcium silicate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012241 calcium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OYACROKNLOSFPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium;dioxido(oxo)silane Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-][Si]([O-])=O OYACROKNLOSFPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AIXAANGOTKPUOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbachol Chemical compound [Cl-].C[N+](C)(C)CCOC(N)=O AIXAANGOTKPUOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004484 carbachol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001733 carboxylic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004970 cd4 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000015114 central nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010008118 cerebral infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004289 cerebral ventricle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005081 chemiluminescent agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005482 chemotactic factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KQDDQXNVESLJNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloromethanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClCS(Cl)(=O)=O KQDDQXNVESLJNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol group Chemical group [C@@H]1(CC[C@H]2[C@@H]3CC=C4C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]4(C)[C@H]3CC[C@]12C)[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000037976 chronic inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006020 chronic inflammation Effects 0.000 description 1
- WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinnoline Chemical compound N1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004087 circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000084 colloidal system Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000112 colonic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- NKNDPYCGAZPOFS-UHFFFAOYSA-M copper(i) bromide Chemical compound Br[Cu] NKNDPYCGAZPOFS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009260 cross reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZFTFAPZRGNKQPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N dicarbonic acid Chemical class OC(=O)OC(O)=O ZFTFAPZRGNKQPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004177 diethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 208000037765 diseases and disorders Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940112141 dry powder inhaler Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001198 duodenum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008157 edible vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001513 elbow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000002491 encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002702 enteric coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002532 enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002327 eosinophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006345 epimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003238 esophagus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- LJQKCYFTNDAAPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanol;ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCO.CCOC(C)=O LJQKCYFTNDAAPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRCZQMGIVIYBBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethoxyethane;ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOCC.CCOC(C)=O SRCZQMGIVIYBBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QPNJHVDIRZNKOX-LURJTMIESA-N ethyl (2s)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 QPNJHVDIRZNKOX-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- HLBORWSSRVPMNT-KBPBESRZSA-N ethyl (2s,3s)-1-acetyl-3-phenylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylate Chemical compound C1CN(C(C)=O)[C@H](C(=O)OCC)[C@@H]1C1=CC=CC=C1 HLBORWSSRVPMNT-KBPBESRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- WUDNUHPRLBTKOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl isocyanate Chemical compound CCN=C=O WUDNUHPRLBTKOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000031 ethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004761 fibrosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012054 flavored emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002222 fluorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000002683 foot Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940014259 gelatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001434 glomerular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002989 glutamic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002743 glutamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004247 hand Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005003 heart tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000010726 hind limb paralysis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960001340 histamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003630 histaminocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960002885 histidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008240 homogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000037 hydrogen sulfide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007327 hydrogenolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- XNXVOSBNFZWHBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydron;o-methylhydroxylamine;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CON XNXVOSBNFZWHBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000819 hypertonic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940021223 hypertonic solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003405 ileum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CN1 MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006058 immune tolerance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010874 in vitro model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005462 in vivo assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940055742 indium-111 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- APFVFJFRJDLVQX-AHCXROLUSA-N indium-111 Chemical compound [111In] APFVFJFRJDLVQX-AHCXROLUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPAGFVYQRIESJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indoline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NCCC2=C1 LPAGFVYQRIESJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2C=CC=C21 HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003406 indolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001234 inflammatory bowel disease 5 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005732 intercellular adhesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HBEFVZMJESQFJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanatosulfanylbenzene Chemical compound O=C=NSC1=CC=CC=C1 HBEFVZMJESQFJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QRRARMLFKAGUNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanatosulfanylethane Chemical compound CCSN=C=O QRRARMLFKAGUNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OPLZTPRSJUNYJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanatosulfanylmethylbenzene Chemical compound O=C=NSCC1=CC=CC=C1 OPLZTPRSJUNYJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002725 isoflurane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000017169 kidney disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003127 knee Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011694 lewis rat Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004194 lidocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011344 liquid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003141 lower extremity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001115 mace Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002690 malonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052987 metal hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004681 metal hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001455 metallic ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Substances CCCCOC=C UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKVCQHNOONCNGC-LBPRGKRZSA-N methyl (2s)-2-(tert-butylamino)-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoate Chemical compound COC(=O)[C@@H](NC(C)(C)C)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 WKVCQHNOONCNGC-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KCUNTYMNJVXYKZ-JTQLQIEISA-N methyl (2s)-2-amino-3-(1h-indol-3-yl)propanoate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(=O)OC)=CNC2=C1 KCUNTYMNJVXYKZ-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNFNGGQRDXFYMM-PPHPATTJSA-N methyl (2s)-2-amino-3-(1h-indol-3-yl)propanoate;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(=O)OC)=CNC2=C1 XNFNGGQRDXFYMM-PPHPATTJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VCZANKJSRYTJDN-STQMWFEESA-N methyl (2s)-3-phenyl-2-[[(2s)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]propanoate Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)OC)NC(=O)[C@H]1NCCC1)C1=CC=CC=C1 VCZANKJSRYTJDN-STQMWFEESA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFDCVOKZKGVYCB-AOHZEJALSA-N methyl 2-[[(2S)-1-oxo-1-phenylmethoxy-3-[1-[(2S)-pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]cyclohexa-2,4-dien-1-yl]propan-2-yl]sulfamoyl]benzoate Chemical compound C(C1=CC=CC=C1)OC([C@@H](NS(=O)(=O)C1=C(C=CC=C1)C(=O)OC)CC1(CC=CC=C1)C([C@H]1NCCC1)=O)=O FFDCVOKZKGVYCB-AOHZEJALSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSDUZFOSJDMAFZ-VIFPVBQESA-N methyl L-phenylalaninate Chemical compound COC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 VSDUZFOSJDMAFZ-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- MZVYSWVJXQYPOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylsulfanylimino(oxo)methane Chemical compound CSN=C=O MZVYSWVJXQYPOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003801 milling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000402 monopotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019796 monopotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004877 mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000005012 myelin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002107 myocardial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BXGTVNLGPMZLAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-ethylmethanediimine;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=N BXGTVNLGPMZLAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXXAKLGALUWMKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-diethyl-3-isocyanatosulfanylpropan-1-amine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCCSN=C=O IXXAKLGALUWMKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JFCHSQDLLFJHOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylsulfamoyl chloride Chemical compound CN(C)S(Cl)(=O)=O JFCHSQDLLFJHOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBDNQNARCHWMSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(2-chloroethyl)-n-ethylaniline Chemical compound ClCCN(CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 DBDNQNARCHWMSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBVADBHSJCWFKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(2-chloroethyl)-n-propan-2-ylpropan-2-amine Chemical compound CC(C)N(C(C)C)CCCl DBVADBHSJCWFKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XOVAMNMHLZQZJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-benzyl-3-chloro-n-methylpropan-1-amine Chemical compound ClCCCN(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 XOVAMNMHLZQZJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- CPQCSJYYDADLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-methylhydroxylamine Chemical compound CNO CPQCSJYYDADLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQVPSGXLCXZSTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-tert-butyl-2-chloroacetamide Chemical compound CC(C)(C)NC(=O)CCl NQVPSGXLCXZSTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFYAYGJCPXRNBL-LBPRGKRZSA-N naphthalen-2-yl-3-alanine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CC=CC2=C1 OFYAYGJCPXRNBL-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DASJFYAPNPUBGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(S(=O)(=O)Cl)=CC=CC2=C1 DASJFYAPNPUBGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OPECTNGATDYLSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-2-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)Cl)=CC=C21 OPECTNGATDYLSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007830 nerve conduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004126 nerve fiber Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000926 neurological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003448 neutrophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002114 octoxynol-9 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000012053 oil suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004789 organ system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- LVSJDHGRKAEGLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxolane;2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound C1CCOC1.OC(=O)C(F)(F)F LVSJDHGRKAEGLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium;triphenylphosphane Chemical compound [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N para-ethylbenzaldehyde Natural products CCC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001314 paroxysmal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HGBOYTHUEUWSSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentanal Chemical compound CCCCC=O HGBOYTHUEUWSSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002572 peristaltic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229950000688 phenothiazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IPNPIHIZVLFAFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus tribromide Chemical compound BrP(Br)Br IPNPIHIZVLFAFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalazine Chemical compound C1=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XKJCHHZQLQNZHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalimide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1 XKJCHHZQLQNZHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].OP(O)([O-])=O GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000012286 potassium permanganate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001500 prolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])(C(=O)[*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- JPWDURLJLRNJAT-NSHDSACASA-N propan-2-yl (2s)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoate Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JPWDURLJLRNJAT-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- PJTIVHMQAXAIGC-MERQFXBCSA-N propan-2-yl (2s)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoate;2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.CC(C)OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 PJTIVHMQAXAIGC-MERQFXBCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DRINJBFRTLBHNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-2-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)S(Cl)(=O)=O DRINJBFRTLBHNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- KNNLWVUFUIAFJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N propyl benzenecarboperoxoate Chemical class CCCOOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KNNLWVUFUIAFJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003180 prostaglandins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019833 protease Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003521 protein stability assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pteridine Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=NC=CN=C21 CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000541 pulsatile effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008213 purified water Substances 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PSAYJRPASWETSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine-2-carbonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=CC=N1 PSAYJRPASWETSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATBIAJXSKNPHEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine-3-carbonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 ATBIAJXSKNPHEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CDRNYKLYADJTMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine-3-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 CDRNYKLYADJTMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RVQZKNOMKUSGCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine-4-carbonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=NC=C1 RVQZKNOMKUSGCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CULAGHAXBSYDOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrimidine-2-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)C1=NC=CC=N1 CULAGHAXBSYDOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinazoline Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000241 respiratory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000552 rheumatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003118 sandwich ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940043230 sarcosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012056 semi-solid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004208 shellac Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940113147 shellac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N shellac Chemical compound OCCCCCC(O)C(O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O.C1C23[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC2[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H]1C(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H]3O ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013874 shellac Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000000329 smooth muscle myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000009518 sodium iodide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012321 sodium triacetoxyborohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBMGRDWEYMVTOS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;2-iodobenzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1I XBMGRDWEYMVTOS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000011343 solid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012265 solid product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000278 spinal cord Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000707 stereoselective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012058 sterile packaged powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012258 stirred mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940014800 succinic anhydride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NVBFHJWHLNUMCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfamide Chemical class NS(N)(=O)=O NVBFHJWHLNUMCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NBNBICNWNFQDDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuryl dibromide Chemical compound BrS(Br)(=O)=O NBNBICNWNFQDDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OBTWBSRJZRCYQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuryl difluoride Chemical compound FS(F)(=O)=O OBTWBSRJZRCYQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001258 synovial membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002437 synoviocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007916 tablet composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004876 tela submucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- CQGINQHLCKTOMH-VXKWHMMOSA-N tert-butyl (2S)-2-[[(2S)-1-oxo-3-phenyl-1-phenylmethoxypropan-2-yl]carbamoyl]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1ccccc1)C(=O)OCc1ccccc1 CQGINQHLCKTOMH-VXKWHMMOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJJBXZIKXFOMLP-ZETCQYMHSA-N tert-butyl (2s)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 XJJBXZIKXFOMLP-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BNWCETAHAJSBFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2-bromoacetate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)CBr BNWCETAHAJSBFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPDBDJFLKKQMCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butylglycine Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(N)C(O)=O NPDBDJFLKKQMCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001302 tertiary amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005207 tetraalkylammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011285 therapeutic regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BRNULMACUQOKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiomorpholine Chemical compound C1CSCCN1 BRNULMACUQOKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004568 thiomorpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- VNNLHYZDXIBHKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiophene-2-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CS1 VNNLHYZDXIBHKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWZVWGITAAIFPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiophosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=S ZWZVWGITAAIFPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002691 topical anesthesia Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012049 topical pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000005490 tosylate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003508 trans-4-hydroxy-L-proline group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-L-hydroxy-proline Natural products ON1CCCC1C(O)=O FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000037317 transdermal delivery Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005270 trialkylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003606 umbilical vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009827 uniform distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003672 ureas Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003556 vascular endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000021331 vascular occlusion disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000002498 viral encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000010044 viral meningitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003039 volatile agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000707 wrist Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003738 xylenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
- C07K5/06—Dipeptides
- C07K5/06139—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being heterocyclic
- C07K5/06165—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being heterocyclic and Pro-amino acid; Derivatives thereof
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
- A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
- C07K5/06—Dipeptides
- C07K5/06139—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being heterocyclic
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Thiazole And Isothizaole Compounds (AREA)
- Pyrrole Compounds (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
Description
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 BENZYL COMPOUNDS WHICH INHIBIT LEUKOCYTE ADHESION MEDIATED BY VLA-4 BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Field of the Invention This invention relates to compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion and, in particular, leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4. References The following publications, patents and patent applications are cited in this application as superscript numbers: Hemler and Takada, European Patent Application Publication No. 330,506, published August 30, 1989 2 Elices, et al., Cell, 60:577-584 (1990) Springer, Nature, 346:425-434 (1990) 4 Osborn Cell 62:3-6 (1990) Vedder, et al., Surgery, 106:509 (1989) 6 Pretolani, et al., J. Exp. Med., 180:795 (1994) WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 2 - Abraham, et al., J. Clin. Invest., 93:776 (1994) 8 Mulligan, et al., J. Immunology, 150:2407 (1993) 5 9 Cybulsky, et al., Science, 251:788 (1991) o10 Li, et al., Arterioscler. Thromb., 13:197 (1993) 11 Sasseville, et al., Am. J. Path., 144:27 (1994) 10 12 Yang, et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Science (USA), 90:10494 (1993) 13 Burkly, et al., Diabetes, 43:529 (1994) 15 14 Baron, et al., J. Clin. Invest., 93:1700 (1994) 15 Hamann, et al., J. Immunology, 152:3238 (1994) 20 16 Yednock, et al., Nature, 356:63 (1992) 17 Baron, et al., J. Exp. Med., 177:57 (1993) 18 van Dinther-Janssen, et al., J. Immunology, 147:4207 (1991) 25 19 van Dinther-Janssen, et al., Annals. Rheumatic Dis., 52:672 (1993) 20 Elices, et al., J. Clin. Invest., 93:405 (1994) 30 21 Postigo, et al., J. Clin. Invest., 8.9:1445 (1991) 22 Paul, et al., Transpl. Proceed., 25:813 (1993) 35 23 Okarhara, et al., Can. Res., 54:3233 (1994) 24 Paavonen, et al., Int. J. Can., 58:298 (1994) 25 Schadendorf, et al., J. Path., 170:429 (1993) 40 26 Bao, et al., Diff., 52:239 (1993) 27 Lauri, et al., British J. Cancer, 68:862 (1993) 45 28 Kawaguchi, et al., Japanese J. Cancer Res., 83:1304 (1992) WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 3 - 29 Kogan, et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,510,332, issued April 23, 1996 30 International Patent Appl. Publication No. WO 96/01644 5 All of the above publications, patents and patent applications are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference in its entirety. 10 State of the Art VLA-4 (also referred to as a41pl integrin and CD49d/CD29), first identified by Hemler and Takada 1 , is a member of the P1 integrin family of 15 cell surface receptors, each of which comprises two subunits, an a chain and a P3 chain. VLA-4 contains an a4 chain and a P1 chain. There are at least nine P1 integrins, all sharing the same P1 chain and each having a distinct a chain. These nine receptors all bind a different complement of the various cell matrix molecules, such as fibronectin, laminin, and collagen. VLA-4, 20 for example, binds to fibronectin. VLA-4 is unique among P1 integrins in that it also binds non-matrix molecules that are expressed by endothelial and other cells. These non-matrix molecules include VCAM-1, which is expressed on cytokine-activated human umbilical vein endothelial cells in culture. Distinct epitopes of VLA-4 are responsible for the fibronectin and 25 VCAM-1 binding activities, and each activity has been shown to be inhibited independently Intercellular adhesion mediated by VLA-4 and other cell surface receptors is associated with a number of inflammatory responses. At the site 30 of an injury or other inflammatory stimulus, activated vascular endothelial cells express molecules that are adhesive for leukocytes. The mechanics of leukocyte adhesion to endothelial cells involves, in part, the recognition and binding of cell surface receptors on leukocytes to the corresponding cell WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 4surface molecules on endothelial cells. Once bound, the leukocytes migrate across the blood vessel wall to enter the injured site and release chemical mediators to combat infection. For reviews of adhesion receptors of the immune system, see, for example, Springer' and Osborn 4 . 5 Inflammatory brain disorders, such as experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE), multiple sclerosis (MS) and meningitis, are examples of central nervous system disorders in which the endothelium/leukocyte adhesion mechanism results in destruction to 10 otherwise healthy brain tissue. Large numbers of leukocytes migrate across the blood brain barrier (BBB) in subjects with these inflammatory diseases. The leukocytes release toxic mediators that cause extensive tissue damage resulting in impaired nerve conduction and paralysis. 15 In other organ systems, tissue damage also occurs via an adhesion mechanism resulting in migration or activation of leukocytes. For example, it has been shown that the initial insult following myocardial ischemia to heart tissue can be further complicated by leukocyte entry to the injured tissue causing still further insult (Vedder et al.
5 ). Other inflammatory 20 conditions mediated by an adhesion mechanism include, by way of example, asthma", Alzheimer's disease, atherosclerosis"', AIDS dementia", diabetesl 2-14 (including acute juvenile onset diabetis), inflammatory bowel disease 5 (including ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease), multiple sclerosis 6
-
1 7 , rheumatoid arthritis 8
-
2 1 , tissue transplantation 2 , tumor 25 metastasis 23
-
28 , meningitis, encephalitis, stroke, and other cerebral traumas, nephritis, retinitis, atopic dermatitis, psoriasis, myocardial ischemia and acute leukocyte-mediated lung injury such as that which occurs in adult respiratory distress syndrome.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 5 - In view of the above, assays for determining the VLA-4 level in a biological sample containing VLA-4 would be useful, for example, to diagnosis VLA-4 mediated conditions. Additionally, despite these advances in the understanding of leukocyte adhesion, the art has only recently addressed the use of inhibitors of adhesion in the treatment of inflammatory brain diseases and other inflammatory conditions 29
,
30 . The present invention addresses these and other needs. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION This invention provides compounds which bind to VLA-4. Such compounds can be used, for example, to assay for the presence of VLA-4 in a sample and, in pharmaceutical compositions, to inhibit cellular adhesion mediated by VLA-4, for example, binding of VCAM-1 to VLA-4. The compounds of this invention have a binding affinity to VLA-4 as expressed by an ICs 50 of about 15 /M or less (as measured by Example 95 below), which compounds are defined by formula I below:
R
3 O0
R
1
-S
O
2
-N(R
2
)-C-Q-CH-C-
OH I I I H R 5 where R' is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocylic, heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl;
R
2 and R 3 together with the nitrogen atom bound to R 2 and the carbon atom bound to R 3 form a saturated heterocyclic group or a saturated substituted heterocyclic group with the proviso that when monosubstituted, the substituent on said saturated heterocyclic group is not carboxyl; WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 6-
R
5 is selected from the group consisting of -(CH 2 )n-aryl and
-(CH
2 )n-heteroaryl, where n is an integer equal to 1 to 4; Q is -C(X)NR 7 - wherein R 7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, and X is selected from the group consisting of oxygen and sulfur; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, with the proviso that when R' is 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, R 2 and R 3 together with the pendent nitrogen and carbon atoms form a pyrrolidinyl ring and Q is -C(O)NH-, then R 5 is not benzyl; and with the further proviso that when R' is p-methylphenyl, R 2 and R 3 together with the pendent nitrogen and carbon atoms form a pyrrolidinyl ring derived from D-proline and Q is -C(O)NH-, then R 5 is not benzyl derived from D-phenylalanine. In another embodiment, the compounds of this invention can also be provided as prodrugs which convert (e.g., hydrolyze, metabolize, etc.) in vivo to a compound of formula I above. In a preferred example of such an embodiment, the carboxylic acid of the compound of formula I is modified into a group which, in vivo, will convert to a carboxylic acid (including salts thereof). In a particularly preferred embodiment, such prodrugs are represented by compounds of formula IA:
R
3 O I II
R'-
SO
2
-N(R
2
)-C-Q-CH-C-R
6 IA H R 5
R
1 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocylic, heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl; WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 7 -
R
2 and R 3 together with the nitrogen atom bound to R 2 and the carbon atom bound to R 3 form a saturated heterocyclic group or a saturated substituted heterocyclic group with the proviso that when monosubstituted, the substituent on said saturated heterocyclic group is not carboxyl; 5 R 5 is selected from the group consisting of -(CH 2 )n-aryl and
-(CH
2 )n-heteroaryl, where n is an integer equal to 1 to 4;
R
6 is selected from the group consisting of amino, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, substituted cycloalkoxy, -O-(N-succinimidyl), -NH adamantyl, -O-cholest-5-en-3-p-yl, -NHOY where Y is hydrogen, alkyl, 10 substituted alkyl, aryl, and substituted aryl,
-NH(CH
2 )pCOOY where p is an integer of from 1 to 8 and Y is as defined above, -OCH 2
NR
9
R
1 o where R 9 is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-aryl and -C(O)-substituted aryl and R"o is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and -CH 2
COOR"
1 where R" is alkyl, and -NHSO 2 Z 15 where Z is alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic; Q is -C(X)NR 7 - wherein R 7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, and X is selected from the group consisting of oxygen 20 and sulfur; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, with the following provisos: A. when R' is 4-methylphenyl, R 2 and R 3 together with the pendent nitrogen and carbon atoms form a pyrrolidin-2-yl ring, R 5 is benzyl 25 and Q is -C(O)NH-, then R 6 is not -NH(CH 2
)
2
CO
2 Et or -(1R,2S,5R)-(-) menthyl ester; B. when R' is 4-methylphenyl, R 2 and R 3 together with the pendent nitrogen and carbon atoms form a 3-p3-phenyl-ring derived from D proline, R 5 is benzyl and Q is -C(O)NH-, then R 6 is not -OCH 2
CH
3
;
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 8 - C. when R' is 1-N-methyl-3-methyl-5-chloropyrazol-4-yl, R 2 and
R
3 together with the pendent nitrogen and carbon atoms form a pyrrolidin-2 yl ring, R 5 is benzyl and Q is -C(O)NH-, then R 6 is not -OCH 3 ; D. when R' is 4-methylphenyl, R 2 and R 3 together with the 5 pendent nitrogen and carbon atoms form a pyrrolidin-2-yl ring, R is D-benzyl and Q is -C(O)NH-, then R 6 is not -OCH 2
CH
3 ; E. when R' is 4-methylphenyl, R 2 and R 3 together with the pendent nitrogen and carbon atoms form a 5,5-dimethyl-1,1-dioxo-thiaprolyl ring, R 5 is benzyl and Q is -C(O)NH-, then R 6 is not -OC(CH 3
)
3 ; and 10 F. when R' is 4-methylphenyl, R 2 and R 3 together with the pendent nitrogen and carbon atoms form a pyrrolidin-2-yl ring derived from D-proline, R 5 is benzyl derived from D-phenylalanine and Q is -C(O)NH-, then R 6 is not -OCH 3 ; G. when RI is n-butyl, R 2 and R 3 together with the pendent 15 nitrogen and carbon atoms form a pyrrolidin-2-yl ring, R 5 is benzyl and Q is -C(O)NH-, then R 6 is not -O-benzyl. Preferably, in the compounds of formula I and IA above, R is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, 20 substituted aryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocylic, heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl. Even more preferably R' is selected from the group consisting of 4-methylphenyl, methyl, benzyl, n-butyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 1 naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, phenyl, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 2 (methoxycarbonyl)phenyl, 2-carboxyphenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 4 25 trifluoromethylphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 4
(CH
3 C(O)NH-)phenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, isopropyl, 3,5-di-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 4-t-butylphenyl, 4-t-butoxyphenyl, 4 nitrophenyl, 2-thienyl, 1-N-methyl-3-methyl-5-chloropyrazol-4-yl, phenethyl, 1-N-methylimidazol-4-yl, 4-bromophenyl, 4-amidinophenyl, 4 30 methylamidinophenyl, 4-[CH 3 SC(=NH)]phenyl, 5-chloro-2-thienyl, 2,5- WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 9 dichloro-4-thienyl, 1-N-methyl-4-pyrazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 5-methyl-1,3,4 thiadiazol-2-yl, 4-[H2NC(S)]phenyl, 4-aminophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2 fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 3,5-difluorophenyl, pyridin-3-yl, pyrimidin-2 yl, and 4-(3'-dimethylamino-n-propoxy)-phenyl. 5 In one preferred embodiment, R 2 and R 3 together with the nitrogen atom bound to the R 2 substituent and the carbon bound to the R 3 substituent form a heterocyclic group or substituted heterocyclic group of 4 to 6 ring atoms having 1 to 2 heteroatoms in the ring selected from nitrogen, oxygen 10 and sulfur, which ring is optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected from fluoro, methyl, hydroxy, amino, phenyl, thiophenyl and thiobenzyl, or can be fused to another saturated heterocyclic or cycloalkyl ring such as a cyclohexyl ring to provide for a fused ring heterocycle of from 10 to 14 ring atoms having 1 to 2 heteroatoms in the ring selected from 15 nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Such heterocyclic rings include thiazolidinyl (e.g., L-thiazolidin-4-yl), piperidinyl (e.g., L-piperidin-2-yl), piperizinyl (e.g., L-piperizin-2-yl), thiomorpholinyl (e.g., L-thiomorpholin-3-yl), pyrrolidinyl (e.g., L-pyrrolidin-2-yl), substituted pyrrolidinyl such as 4 hydroxypyrrolidinyl (e.g., 4-a-(or P-)hydroxy-L-pyrrolidin-2-yl), 20 4-fluoropyrrolidinyl (e.g., 4-a-(or P-)fluoro-L-pyrrolidin-2-yl), 3 phenylpyrrolidinyl (e.g., 3-a-(or P-)phenyl-L-pyrrolidin-2-yl), 3 thiophenylpyrrolidinyl (e.g., 3-a-(or P-)thiophenyl-L-pyrrolidin-2-yl), 4 aminopyrrolidinyl (e.g., 4-a-(or P-)amino-L-pyrrolidin-2-yl), 3 methoxypyrrolidinyl (e.g., 3-a-(or P-)methoxy-L-pyrrolidin-2-yl), 4,4 25 dimethylpyrrolidin-2-yl, substituted piperizinyl such as 4-N-Cbz-piperizin-2 yl, substituted thiazolidinyl such as 5,5-dimethylthiazolindin-4-yl, 1,1-dioxo thiazolidinyl (e.g., L-1,1-dioxo-thiazolidin-4-yl), substituted 1,1-dioxo thiazolidinyl such as L-1,1-dioxo-5,5-dimethylthiazolidin-4-yl, 1,1 dioxothiomorpholinyl (e.g., L-1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholin-3-yl) and the like. 30 Preferably, such rings do not include those where R 2 and R 3 together with WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 10the nitrogen atom bound to R 2 and the carbon atom bound to R 3 form a azetidine ring. Q is preferably -C(O)NH- or -C(S)NH-. 5
R
5 is preferably selected from all possible isomers arising by substitution of the following groups: benzyl, phenethyl, -CH2-(3-indolyl),
-CH
2 -(1-naphthyl), -CH 2 -(2-naphthyl), -CH 2 -(2-thienyl), -CH 2 -(3-pyridyl), 10 -CH 2 -(5-imidazolyl), -CH 2 -3-(1,2,4-triazolyl), -CH2-(2-thiazolyl) and the like. In the compounds of formula IA, R 6 is preferably 2,4-dioxo tetrahydrofuran-3-yl (3,4-enol), methoxy, ethoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, 15 t-butoxy, cyclopentoxy, neo-pentoxy, 2-a-iso-propyl-4-p methylcyclohexoxy, 2-p-isopropyl-4-p-methylcyclohexoxy,
-NH
2 , benzyloxy, -NHCH 2 COOH, -NHCH 2
CH
2 COOH, -NH-adamantyl,
-NHCH
2
CH
2
COOCH
2
CH
3 , -NHSOz-p-CH 3 -4, -NHOR 8 where R 8 is hydrogen, methyl, iso-propyl or benzyl, O-(N-succinimidyl), 20 -O-cholest-5-en-3-p-yl, -OCH 2
-OC(O)C(CH
3
)
3 , -O(CH2)zNHC(O)W where z is 1 or 2 and W is selected from the group consisting of pyrid-3-yl, N-methylpyridyl, and N-methyl-1,4-dihydro-pyrid-3-yl, and -NR"C(O)-R' where R' is aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclic and R" is hydrogen or
-CH
2
C(O)OCH
2
CH
3 . 25 Preferred compounds within the scope of formula I and IA above include by way of example: N-(methanesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 30 N-(a-toluenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/1 5327 N-(toluene-4-sulfony1)-L-prolyl-L-(N-methy)phelalaninfe N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-pipecoiny-L-phelalaninfe 5 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-D-prolyl-L-phelylalalifle N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(4-hydroxy)pro1y1-L-phelalaflife N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-D ,L-homophenylalanine 10 N-(4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phelylalallfe N-(l1-naphthalenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phelYlalalifle 15 N-(2-naphthalenelsulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phelylalalifle N-(4-methoxybenzenesufony)-L-proy-L-phelalalile N-(4-tert-butylbenzenesulfony)-L-proly-L-phelalanne 20 N-(toluene-4-sulfony1)-L-(4-fluoro)proy-L-phelalaninfe N-(n-butanesulfony1)-L-proly-L-phelalalife 25 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(5 ,5-dimethyl)thiaprolyl-L-phenylalalifle N-(2-methoxycarbonylbenzenesufofl)-L-prolylL-phelylaalie N-(2-carboxybenzenesufony)-L-proly-L-phelalalile 30 N-(toluene-4-sulfony)-L-thiaproy-L-phelaaninfl N-(3 , 5dichlorobenzenesufofl)-L-proy-L-phelalaninfe 35 N-(4-trifluoromethoxybenzenesulfofl)-L-proly1L-phelylalalifle N-(3 ,4-dich~orobenzenesufony)-L-pro1y1-L-Phelalarnfle N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-D ,L-(3-phenyl)prolyl-L-phenylalaninfe 40 N-(3 ,4-dimethoxybenzenesufofl)-L-pro1ylbUphelylalaninfe N-(4-nitrobenzenesufol)-L-proy-L-phelalaflife 45 N-(4-acetamidobenzenesulfony)-L-pro1yl-L-phelylalanne WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/1 5327 N-(4-cyanobenzenesulfonyl)-L-proy-L-phelalanlife N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-tryptophafl 5 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-p-( 1-naphthyl)-L-alanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-p-(2-naphthyl)-L-alalife N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-p-(2-thienyl)-L-alalife 10 N-(isopropanesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phelylalalie N-(toluene-4-sulfony1)-L-proly-J3-(3-pyridy1)-L-aaliC 15 N-tlee4sloy)L(-hnlhopoy--hnllnn N-(toluene-4-sulfony1)-(4-benzylthio)-L-proly1-L-phelylalalife N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-histidifle 20 N-(toluene-4-sulfony1)-L-(4-amino)prolyl-L-phelylalaninfe N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-pheflylalalifamide 25 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-pro1yl-L-phellaanfe benzyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phelalaninfe ethyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phelylalalie N-methoxyamide 30 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phelalalife N-benzyloxyamide N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phelylalalife N-(toluene-4 sulfonyl)amide 35 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-pheflylalaflifl-li-alalife N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phelylalalie N-hydroxyamide 40 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phellanfife isopropyl ester N-tlee4sloy)L(-ydoypoy--hnllnn N-tlee4sloy)Lpoy--hnllnnl(-ezy~lcn 45 ethyl ester WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 13- N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(4-fluoro)prolyl-L-phenylalanine benzyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-thiaprolyl-L-phenylalanine benzyl ester 5 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(5,5-dimethyl)thiaprolyl-L-phenylalanine benzyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(5,5-dimethyl)thiaprolyl-L-phenylalanine 10 ethyl ester N-(2-methoxycarbonylbenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine benzyl ester 15 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(3-phenyl)prolyl-L-phenylalanine ethyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(4-methoxy)prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine (1 S,2R, 5S)-( + ) 20 menthyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine
N
hydroxysuccinimide ester 25 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 2 (nicotinamido)ethyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 2-(1 methylpyridinium-3-amido)ethyl ester 30 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine cholesteryl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 2-(1-methyl-1,4 dihydropyridinyl-3-amido)ethyl ester 35 N-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine methyl ester N-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 40 N-(5-chloro-1,3-dimethylpyrazole-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L phenylalanine N-(2-phenylethanesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 14- N-(1-methylimidazole-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine methyl ester N-(1-methylimidazole-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 5 N-(4-amidinobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine methyl ester N-(4-amidinobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 10 N-(4-thiomethoxyimidatylbenzene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L phenylalanine methyl ester N-[4-(N-methylthioamido)benzenesulfonyl] -L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine methyl ester 15 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-D,L-P-(1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)alanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-D,L-P-(thiazol-2-yl)alanine 20 N-[4-(3-dimethylaminopropyloxy)benzenesulfonyl]-L-prolyl-L phenylalanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-pyrrolidin-2-yl-thiocarbonyl-L phenylalanine 25 N-(4-thiocarbamoylbenzenesulfonyl)-L-(5,5-dimethyl)thiaprolyl-L phenylalanine benzyl ester N-(4-cyanobenzenesulfonyl)-L-(5,5-dimethyl)thiaprolyl-L 30 phenylalanine benzyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-D-phenylalanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(thiamorpholin-3-carbonyl)-L-phenylalanine 35 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-[(1,1-dioxo)thiamorpholin-3-carbonyl]-L phenylalanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(3,3-dimethyl)prolyl-L-phenylalanine 40 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(5,5-dimethyl- 1,1-dioxo)thiaprolyl-L phenylalanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-[(1,1-dioxo)thiamorpholin-3-carbonyl]-L 45 phenylalanine ethyl ester WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 15- N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine tert-butyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-pyrrolidin-2-yl-thiocarbonyl-L phenylalanine methyl ester 5 N-(benzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine methyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(5-oxo)prolyl-L-phenylalanine ethyl ester 10 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(5-oxo)prolyl-L-phenylalanine and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, as well as any of the ester compounds recited above wherein one ester is replaced with another ester selected from the group consisting of methyl ester, ethyl ester, n-propyl 15 ester, isopropyl ester, n-butyl ester, isobutyl ester, sec-butyl ester and tert butyl ester. This invention also provides methods for binding VLA-4 in a biological sample which method comprises contacting the biological sample 20 with a compound of formula I or IA above under conditions wherein said compound binds to VLA-4. Certain of the compounds of formula I and IA above are also useful in reducing VLA-4 mediated inflammation in vivo. 25 This invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the compounds of formula I or IA above, with the exception that R 3 and R 5 are derived from L-amino acids or other similarly 30 configured starting materials. Alternatively, racemic mixtures can be used. The pharmaceutical compositions may be used to treat VLA-4 mediated disease conditions. Such disease conditions include, by way of example, asthma, Alzheimer's disease, atherosclerosis, AIDS dementia, WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 16diabetes (including acute juvenile onset diabetis), inflammatory bowel disease (including ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease), multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, tissue transplantation, tumor metastasis, meningitis, encephalitis, stroke, and other cerebral traumas, rnphritis, retinitis, atopic 5 dermatitis, psoriasis, myocardial ischemia and acute leukocyte-mediated lung injury such as that which occurs in adult respiratory distress syndrome. Accordingly, this invention also provides methods for the treatment of an inflammatory disease in a patient mediated by VLA-4 which methods 10 comprise administering to the patient the pharmaceutical compositions described above. Preferred compounds of formula I and IA above include those set forth in Table I below: WO 99/06436 PCTIUS98/15327 -17z OlU up c zj ____Mz C) C ~ C)"~' ) i~' PS C'd OL cz 0S m m ~ ~ u WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 z 0 OI 91 91 9 99 u u u u~-. (N t t2 U z E Ut MU I I I I =cj 11 1--: 0 -or
-EI
u~ u WO 99/06436 PCTIUS98/15327 z 1141I U U U UU u I _ I WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 20 - 0 94 a4 U U U U u U U 0cu 0Q2 CJ -n -& 1 I - 0 - I -4 g I u-e . Mue 3- U -L 0 z
.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 21 Ii u u I ~0 UU C4 g4 w C4 Iz I 0nc u U UU 0 WO 99/06436 PCTIUS98/15327 UU U ~ ~ -U U UU WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/1 5327 -- 23 cI U E N* 00 ctczctQ.m6 9 9X WO 99/06436 PCTIUS98/15327 -- 4 z 0 U U U U 6 0 UI Uz u u z u U ;G _ L) -m Im 4 4 4 4 : L) I WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/1 5327 -- 25 z U2 .2 o n T u 0 0-UuuC U U U U U U U I ux CL E I u ~u< u0' WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 26z 94 U uo z M u cz uM U U U g4Z C4 ~ ' ~c Z' o"-. o Z cn m WO 99/06436 PCTIUS98/1 5327 -- 27 z 00 (N Cl l Cla4 C4 C U U U U U z :2 I- z WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/1 5327 -- 28 z z zu F U cz clI WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/1 5327 z _ II U un o0 =U u U U 0 0 U UU UU U U Im 11 I Im I u - I WO 99/06436 PCTJUS98/15327 z L0 II &- uL
C
Uz CS w w 9 P WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 31 - DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION As above, this invention relates to compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion and, in particular, leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA 4. However, prior to describing this invention in further detail, the 5 following terms will first be defined. Definitions As used herein, "alkyl" refers to alkyl groups preferably having from 10 1 to 10 carbon atoms and more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. This term is exemplified by groups such as methyl, t-butyl, n-heptyl, octyl and the like. "Substituted alkyl" refers to an alkyl group, preferably of from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, having from 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group 15 consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, thiocarbonylamino, acyloxy, amino, amidino, alkyl amidino, thioamidino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, aryloxylaryl, substituted aryloxyaryl, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, nitro, 20 carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, carboxyl-substituted alkyl, carboxyl-cycloalkyl, carboxyl-substituted cycloalkyl, carboxylaryl, carboxyl-substituted aryl, carboxylheteroaryl, carboxyl-substituted heteroaryl, carboxylheterocyclic, carboxyl-substituted heterocyclic, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, guanidino, guanidinosulfone, thiol, thioalkyl, substituted thioalkyl, thioaryl, 25 substituted thioaryl, thiocycloalkyl, substituted thiocycloalkyl, thioheteroaryl, substituted thioheteroaryl, thioheterocyclic, substituted thioheterocyclic, heteroaryl, substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, cycloalkoxy, substituted cycloalkoxy, heteroaryloxy, substituted heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyloxy, substituted 30 heterocyclyloxy, oxycarbonylamino, oxythiocarbonylamino, -OS(O) 2 -alkyl, OS(O) 2 -substituted alkyl, -OS(O) 2 -aryl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted aryl, -OS(0) 2
-
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 32 heteroaryl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted heteroaryl, -OS(O) 2 -heterocyclic, -OS(0)2 substituted heterocyclic, -OSO 2 -NRR where R is hydrogen or alkyl, -NRS(0) 2 -alkyl, -NRS(0) 2 -substituted alkyl, -NRS(0) 2 -aryl, -NRS(0) 2 substituted aryl, -NRS(O) 2 -heteroaryl, -NRS(0) 2 -substituted heteroaryl, 5 -NRS(O) 2 -heterocyclic, -NRS(0) 2 -substituted heterocyclic, -NRS(O) 2
-NR
alkyl, -NRS(0) 2 -NR-substituted alkyl, -NRS(0) 2 -NR-aryl, -NRS(0) 2
-NR
substituted aryl, -NRS(0) 2 -NR-heteroaryl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-substituted heteroaryl, -NRS(0) 2 -NR-heterocyclic, -NRS(0) 2 -NR-substituted heterocyclic where R is hydrogen or alkyl, mono- and di-alkylamino, mono 10 and di-(substituted alkyl)amino, mono- and di-arylamino, mono- and di substituted arylamino, mono- and di-heteroarylamino, mono- and di substituted heteroarylamino, mono- and di-heterocyclic amino, mono- and di-substituted heterocyclic amino, unsymmetric di-substituted amines having different substituents selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted 15 aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic, and substituted alkyl groups having amino groups blocked by conventional blocking groups such as Boc, Cbz, formyl, and the like, and alkyl/substituted alkyl groups substituted with -SO 2 -alkyl, -SO 2 -substituted alkyl, -SO 2 -alkenyl, -SO2-substituted alkenyl, -SO 2 -cycloalkyl, -SO 2 20 substituted cycloalkyl, -S0 2 -aryl, -SO 2 -substituted aryl, -SO 2 -heteroaryl, -S0 2 -substituted heteroaryl, -SO 2 -heterocyclic, -SO 2 -substituted heterocyclic and -SOzNRR where R is hydrogen or alkyl. "Alkoxy" refers to the group "alkyl-O-" which includes, by way of 25 example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, and the like. "Substituted alkoxy" refers to the group "substituted alkyl-O-".
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 33 - "Acyl" refers to the groups H-C(O)-, alkyl-C(O)-, substituted alkyl C(O)-, alkenyl-C(O)-, substituted alkenyl-C(O)-, alkynyl-C(O)-, substituted alkynyl-C(O)- cycloalkyl-C(O)-, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)-, aryl-C(O)-, substituted aryl-C(O)-, heteroaryl-C(O)-, substituted heteroaryl-C(O), 5 heterocyclic-C(O)-, and substituted heterocyclic-C(O)-, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein. 10 "Acylamino" refers to the group -C(O)NRR where each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, 15 substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, and where each R is joined to form, together with the nitrogen atom, a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic ring, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, 20 heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein. "Thiocarbonylamino" refers to the group -C(S)NRR where each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, 25 aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, and where each R is joined to form, together with the nitrogen atom, a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic ring, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 34 cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein. "Acyloxy" refers to the groups alkyl-C( )O-, substituted 5 alkyl-C(O)O-, alkenyl-C(O)O-, substituted alkenyl-C(O)O-, alkynyl-C(O)O-, substituted alkynyl-C(O)O-, aryl-C(O)O-, substituted aryl-C(O)O-, cycloalkyl-C(O)O-, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)O-, heteroaryl-C(O)O-, substituted heteroaryl-C(O)O-, heterocyclic-C(O)O-, and substituted heterocyclic-C(O)O-, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted 10 alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein. "Alkenyl" refers to an alkenyl group preferably having from 2 to 10 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and having at least 1, and preferably from 1-2, sites of alkenyl unsaturation. "Substituted alkenyl" refers to alkenyl groups having from 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, 20 acyl, acylamino, thiocarbonylamino, acyloxy, amino, amidino, alkylamidino, thioamidino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, aryloxyaryl, substituted aryloxyaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, carboxyl-substituted alkyl, carboxyl 25 cycloalkyl, carboxyl-substituted cycloalkyl, carboxylaryl, carboxyl substituted aryl, carboxylheteroaryl, carboxyl-substituted heteroaryl, carboxylheterocyclic, carboxyl-substituted heterocyclic, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, guanidino, guanidinosulfone, thiol, thioalkyl, substituted thioalkyl, thioaryl, substituted thioaryl, thiocycloalkyl, 30 substituted thiocycloalkyl, thioheteroaryl, substituted thioheteroaryl, WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 35 thioheterocyclic, substituted thioheterocyclic, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, cycloalkoxy, substituted cycloalkoxy, heteroaryloxy, substituted heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyloxy, substituted heterocyclyloxy, oxycarbonylamino, oxythiocarbonylamino, 5 -OS(O) 2 -alkyl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted alkyl, -OS(O) 2 -aryl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted aryl, -OS(O) 2 -heteroaryl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted heteroaryl, -OS(O) 2 heterocyclic, -OS(O) 2 -substituted heterocyclic, -OSO 2 -NRR where R is hydrogen or alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -substituted alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 aryl, -NRS(O) 2 -substituted aryl, -NRS(O) 2 -heteroaryl, -NRS(O) 2 -substituted 10 heteroaryl, -NRS(O) 2 -heterocyclic, -NRS(O) 2 -substituted heterocyclic,
-NRS(O)
2 -NR-alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-substituted alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-aryl,
-NRS(O)
2 -NR-substituted aryl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-heteroaryl, -NRS(O) 2
-NR
substituted heteroaryl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-heterocyclic and -NRS(O) 2
-NR
substituted heterocyclic where R is hydrogen or alkyl, mono- and di 15 alkylamino, mono- and di-(substituted alkyl)amino, mono- and di-arylamino, mono- and di-substituted arylamino, mono- and di-heteroarylamino, mono and di-substituted heteroarylamino, mono- and di-heterocyclic amino, mono and di-substituted heterocyclic amino, unsymmetric di-substituted amines having different substituents selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, 20 substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic, and substituted alkenyl groups having amino groups blocked by conventional blocking groups such as Boc, Cbz, formyl, and the like, and alkenyl/substituted alkenyl groups substituted with -SOQ-alkyl, SO 2 -substituted alkyl, -S0 2 -alkenyl, -SO 2 -substituted alkenyl, -SO 2 25 cycloalkyl, -SO 2 -substituted cycloalkyl, -SO 2 -aryl, -SO2-substituted aryl, SO 2 -heteroaryl, -SO 2 -substituted heteroaryl, -SO 2 -heterocyclic, -SO2 substituted heterocyclic and -SO 2 NRR where R is hydrogen or alkyl.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 36- "Alkynyl" refers to an alkynyl group preferably having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and having at least 1, and preferably from 1-2, sites of alkynyl unsaturation. 5 "Substituted alkynyl" refers to alkynyl groups having from 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, thiocarbonylamino, acyloxy, amino, amidino, alkylamidino, thioamidino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, 10 substituted aryloxy, aryloxyaryl, substituted aryloxyaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, carboxyl-substituted alkyl, carboxyl cycloalkyl, carboxyl-substituted cycloalkyl, carboxylaryl, carboxyl substituted aryl, carboxylheteroaryl, carboxyl-substituted heteroaryl, carboxylheterocyclic, carboxyl-substituted heterocyclic, cycloalkyl, 15 substituted cycloalkyl, guanidino, guanidinosulfone, thiol, thioalkyl, substituted thioalkyl, thioaryl, substituted thioaryl, thiocycloalkyl, substituted thiocycloalkyl, thioheteroaryl, substituted thioheteroaryl, thioheterocyclic, substituted thioheterocyclic, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, cycloalkoxy, substituted 20 cycloalkoxy, heteroaryloxy, substituted heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyloxy, substituted heterocyclyloxy, oxycarbonylamino, oxythiocarbonylamino,
-OS(O)
2 -alkyl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted alkyl, -OS(O) 2 -aryl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted aryl, -OS(O) 2 -heteroaryl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted heteroaryl, -OS(0)2 heterocyclic, -OS(0) 2 -substituted heterocyclic, -OSO 2 -NRR where R is 25 hydrogen or alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -alkyl, -NRS(0) 2 -substituted alkyl, -NRS(0) 2 aryl, -NRS(O) 2 -substituted aryl, -NRS(O) 2 -heteroaryl, -NRS(0) 2 -substituted heteroaryl, -NRS(0) 2 -heterocyclic, -NRS(0) 2 -substituted heterocyclic,
-NRS(O)
2 -NR-alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-substituted alkyl, -NRS(0) 2 -NR-aryl, -NRS(0) 2 -NR-substituted aryl, -NRS(0) 2 -NR-heteroaryl, -NRS(0) 2
-NR
30 substituted heteroaryl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-heterocyclic and -NRS(0) 2
-NR-
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 37 substituted heterocyclic where R is hydrogen or alkyl, mono- and di alkylamino, mono- and di-(substituted alkyl)amino, mono- and di-arylamino, mono- and di-substituted arylamino, mono- and di-heteroarylamino, mono and di-substituted heteroarylamino, mono- and di-heterocyclic amino, mono 5 and di-substituted heterocyclic amino, unsymmetric di-substituted amines having different substituents selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic, and substituted alkynyl groups having amino groups blocked by conventional blocking groups such as Boc, Cbz, formyl, and the 10 like, and alkynyl/substituted alkynyl groups substituted with -SO2-alkyl,
-SO
2 -substituted alkyl, -SO 2 -alkenyl, -SO 2 -substituted alkenyl, -SO2 cycloalkyl, -SO 2 -substituted cycloalkyl, -SO 2 -aryl, -SO2-substituted aryl,
-SO
2 -heteroaryl, -SO 2 -substituted heteroaryl, -SO 2 -heterocyclic, -SO 2 substituted heterocyclic and -SO 2 NRR where R is hydrogen or alkyl. 15 "Amidino" refers to the group H 2 NC-, and the term "alkylamidino" NH refers to compounds having 1 to 3 alkyl groups (e.g., alkylHNC-). 20 I NH "Thioamidino" refers to the group RSC-, where R is hydrogen or II 25 NH alkyl. "Aminoacyl" refers to the groups -NRC(O)alkyl, -NRC(O)substituted alkyl, -NRC(O)cycloalkyl, -NRC(O)substituted 30 cycloalkyl, -NRC(O)alkenyl, -NRC(0)substituted alkenyl, -NRC(O)alkynyl, -NRC(0)substituted alkynyl, -NRC(O)aryl, -NRC(O)substituted aryl, -NRC(0)heteroaryl, -NRC(0)substituted heteroaryl, -NRC(O)heterocyclic, and -NRC(O)substituted heterocyclic where R is hydrogen or alkyl, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 38 substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein. 5 "Aminocarbonyloxy" refers to the groups -NRC(O)O-alkyl, -NRC(O)O-substituted alkyl, -NRC(O)O-alkenyl, -NRC(O)O-substituted alkenyl, -NRC(O)O-alkynyl, -NRC(O)O-substituted alkynyl, -NRC(O)O cycloalkyl, -NRC(O)O-substituted cycloalkyl, -NRC(O)O-aryl, -NRC(O)O substituted aryl, -NRC(O)O-heteroaryl, -NRC(O)O-substituted heteroaryl, 10 -NRC(O)O-heterocyclic, and -NRC(O)O-substituted heterocyclic where R is hydrogen or alkyl, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein. 15 "Oxycarbonylamino" refers to the groups -OC(O)NH 2 , -OC(O)NRR, -OC(O)NR-alkyl, -OC(O)NR-substituted alkyl, -OC(O)NR-alkenyl, -OC(O)NR-substituted alkenyl, -OC(O)NR-alkynyl, -OC(O)NR-substituted alkynyl, -OC(O)NR-cycloalkyl, -OC(O)NR-substituted cycloalkyl, 20 -OC(O)NR-aryl, -OC(O)NR-substituted aryl, -OC(O)NR-heteroaryl, -OC(O)NR-substituted heteroaryl,- OC(O)NR-heterocyclic, and -OC(O)NR-substituted heterocyclic where R is hydrogen, alkyl or where each R is joined to form, together with the nitrogen atom, a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic ring, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, 25 substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein. "Oxythiocarbonylamino" refers to the groups -OC(S)NH 2 , 30 -OC(S)NRR, -OC(S)NR-alkyl, -OC(S)NR-substituted alkyl, -OC(S)NR- WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 39 alkenyl, -OC(S)NR-substituted alkenyl, -OC(S)NR-alkynyl, -OC(S)NR substituted alkynyl, -OC(S)NR-cycloalkyl, -OC(S)NR-substituted cycloalkyl, -OC(S)NR-aryl, -OC(S)NR-substituted aryl, -OC(S)NR-heteroaryl, OC(S)NR-substituted heteroaryl, -OC(S)NR-heterocyclic, and 5 -OC(S)NR-substituted heterocyclic where R is hydrogen or alkyl, or where each R is joined to form, together with the nitrogen atom, a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic ring, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, 10 heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein. "Aminocarbonylamino" refers to the groups -NRC(O)NRR, -NRC(O)NR-alkyl, -NRC(O)NR-substituted alkyl, -NRC(O)NR-alkenyl, -NRC(O)NR-substituted alkenyl, -NRC(O)NR-alkynyl, -NRC(O)NR 15 substituted alkynyl, -NRC(O)NR-aryl, -NRC(O)NR-substituted aryl, -NRC(O)NR-cycloalkyl, -NRC(O)NR-substituted cycloalkyl, -NRC(O)NR heteroaryl, -NRC(O)NR-substituted heteroaryl, -NRC(O)NR-heterocyclic, and -NRC(O)NR-substituted heterocyclic where each R is independently hydrogen or alkyl, or where each R is joined to form, together with the 20 nitrogen atom, a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic ring, as well as where one of the amino groups is blocked by conventional blocking groups such as Boc, Cbz, formyl, and the like, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted 25 heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein. "Aminothiocarbonylamino" refers to the groups -NRC(S)NRR, -NRC(S)NR-alkyl, -NRC(S)NR-substituted alkyl, -NRC(S)NR-alkenyl, -NRC(S)NR-substituted alkenyl, -NRC(S)NR-alkynyl, -NRC(S)NR 30 substituted alkynyl, -NRC(S)NR-aryl, -NRC(S)NR-substituted aryl, WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 40 - -NRC(S)NR-cycloalkyl, -NRC(S)NR-substituted cycloalkyl, -NRC(S)NR heteroaryl, -NRC(S)NR-substituted heteroaryl, -NRC(S)NR-heterocyclic, and -NRC(S)NR-substituted heterocyclic where each R is independently hydrogen or alkyl, or where each R is joined to form, together with the 5 nitrogen atom, a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic ring, as well as where one of the amino groups is blocked by conventional blocking groups such as Boc, Cbz, formyl, and the like, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted 10 heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein. "Aryl" or "Ar" refers to an unsaturated aromatic carbocyclic group of from 6 to 14 carbon atoms having a single ring (e.g., phenyl) or multiple condensed rings (e.g., naphthyl or anthryl), which condensed rings may or 15 may not be aromatic (e.g., 2-benzoxazolinone, 2H-1,4-benzoxazin-3(4H) one-7yl, and the like). Preferred aryls include phenyl and naphthyl. "Substituted aryl" refers to aryl groups which are substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, acyl, 20 acylamino, thiocarbonylamino, acyloxy, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, amidino, alkylamidino, thioamidino, amino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonyloxy, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, cycloalkoxy, substituted cycloalkoxy, 25 heteroaryloxy, substituted heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyloxy, substituted heterocyclyloxy, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, carboxyl-substituted alkyl, carboxyl-cycloalkyl, carboxyl-substituted cycloalkyl, carboxylaryl, carboxyl substituted aryl, carboxylheteroaryl, carboxyl-substituted heteroaryl, carboxylheterocyclic, carboxyl-substituted heterocyclic, carboxylamido, 30 cyano, thiol, thioalkyl, substituted thioalkyl, thioaryl, substituted thioaryl, WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 41 thioheteroaryl, substituted thioheteroaryl, thiocycloalkyl, substituted thiocycloalkyl, thioheterocyclic, substituted thioheterocyclic, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, guanidino, guanidinosulfone, halo, nitro, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, 5 oxycarbonylamino, oxythiocarbonylamino, -S(O) 2 -alkyl, -S(O) 2 -substituted alkyl, -S(O) 2 -cycloalkyl, -S(O) 2 -substituted cycloalkyl, -S(O) 2 -alkenyl,
-S(O)
2 -substituted alkenyl, -S(O) 2 -aryl, -S(O) 2 -substituted aryl, -S(O) 2 heteroaryl, -S(O) 2 -substituted heteroaryl, -S(O) 2 -heterocyclic, -S(O) 2 substituted heterocyclic, -OS(O) 2 -alkyl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted alkyl, 10 -OS(O) 2 -aryl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted aryl, -OS(O) 2 -heteroaryl, -OS(O) 2 substituted heteroaryl, -OS(O) 2 -heterocyclic, -OS(O) 2 -substituted heterocyclic, -OSO 2 -NRR where R is hydrogen or alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -alkyl,
-NRS(O)
2 -substituted alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -aryl, -NRS(O) 2 -substituted aryl,
-NRS(O)
2 -heteroaryl, -NRS(O) 2 -substituted heteroaryl, -NRS(O) 2 15 heterocyclic, -NRS(O) 2 -substituted heterocyclic, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-alkyl,
-NRS(O)
2 -NR-substituted alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-aryl, -NRS(O) 2
-NR
substituted aryl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-heteroaryl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-substituted heteroaryl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-heterocyclic and -NRS(O) 2 -NR-substituted heterocyclic where R is hydrogen or alkyl, mono- and di-alkylamino, mono 20 and di-(substituted alkyl)amino, mono- and di-arylamino, mono- and di substituted arylamino, mono- and di-heteroarylamino, mono- and di substituted heteroarylamino, mono- and di-heterocyclic amino, mono- and di-substituted heterocyclic amino, unsymmetric di-substituted amines having different substituents selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted 25 aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic, and amino groups on the substituted aryl blocked by conventional blocking groups such as Boc, Cbz, formyl, and the like, or substituted with -SO 2 NRR where R is hydrogen or alkyl.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 42 - "Aryloxy" refers to the group aryl-O- which includes, by way of example, phenoxy, naphthoxy, and the like. "Substituted aryloxy" refers to substituted aryl-O- groups. 5 "Aryloxyaryl" refers to the gioup -aryl-O-aryl. "Substituted aryloxyaryl" refers to aryloxyaryl groups substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents on either or both aryl rings selected from the 10 group consisting of hydroxy, acyl, acylamino, thiocarbonylamino, acyloxy, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, amidino, alkylamidino, thioamidino, amino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonyloxy, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, 15 cycloalkoxy, substituted cycloalkoxy, heteroaryloxy, substituted heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyloxy, substituted heterocyclyloxy, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, carboxyl-substituted alkyl, carboxyl-cycloalkyl, carboxyl substituted cycloalkyl, carboxylaryl, carboxyl-substituted aryl, carboxylheteroaryl, carboxyl-substituted heteroaryl, carboxylheterocyclic, 20 carboxyl-substituted heterocyclic, carboxylamido, cyano, thiol, thioalkyl, substituted thioalkyl, thioaryl, substituted thioaryl, thioheteroaryl, substituted thioheteroaryl, thiocycloalkyl, substituted thiocycloalkyl, thioheterocyclic, substituted thioheterocyclic, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, guanidino, guanidinosulfone, halo, nitro, heteroaryl, substituted 25 heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, oxycarbonylamino, oxythiocarbonylamino, -S(O) 2 -alkyl, -S(O) 2 -substituted alkyl, -S(O) 2 cycloalkyl, -S(O) 2 -substituted cycloalkyl, -S(O) 2 -alkenyl, -S(O) 2 -substituted alkenyl, -S(O) 2 -aryl, -S(O) 2 -substituted aryl, -S(O) 2 -heteroaryl, -S(O) 2 substituted heteroaryl, -S(O) 2 -heterocyclic, -S(O) 2 -substituted heterocyclic, 30 -OS(O) 2 -alkyl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted alkyl, -OS(O) 2 -aryl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 43 aryl, -OS(O) 2 -heteroaryl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted heteroaryl, -OS(0)2 heterocyclic, -OS(0) 2 -substituted heterocyclic, -OSO 2 -NRR where R is hydrogen or alkyl, -NRS(0) 2 -alkyl, -NRS(0) 2 -substituted alkyl, -NRS(0) 2 aryl, -NRS(0) 2 -substituted aryl, -NRS(O) 2 -heteroaryl, -NRS(0) 2 -substituted 5 heteroaryl, -NRS(0) 2 -heterocyclic, -NRS(O) 2 -substituted heterocyclic, -NRS(0) 2 -NR-alkyl, -NRS(0) 2 -NR-substituted alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-aryl,
-NRS(O)
2 -NR-substituted aryl, -NRS(0) 2 -NR-heteroaryl, -NRS(0) 2
-NR
substituted heteroaryl, -NRS(0) 2 -NR-heterocyclic and -NRS(0) 2
-NR
substituted heterocyclic where R is hydrogen or alkyl, mono- and di 10 alkylamino, mono- and di-(substituted alkyl)amino, mono- and di-arylamino, mono- and di-substituted arylamino, mono- and di-heteroarylamino, mono and di-substituted heteroarylamino, mono- and di-heterocyclic amino, mono and di-substituted heterocyclic amino, unsymmetric di-substituted amines having different substituents selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, 15 substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic, and amino groups on the substituted aryl blocked by conventional blocking groups such as Boc, Cbz, formyl, and the like, or substituted with -SO 2 NRR where R is hydrogen or alkyl. 20 "Cycloalkyl" refers to cyclic alkyl groups of from 3 to 8 carbon atoms having a single cyclic ring including, by way of example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclooctyl and the like. Excluded from this definition are multi-ring alkyl groups such as adamantanyl, etc. 25 "Cycloalkenyl" refers to cyclic alkenyl groups of from 3 to 8 carbon atoms having single or multiple unsaturation but which are not aromatic. "Substituted cycloalkyl" and "substituted cycloalkenyl" refer to cycloalkyl and cycloalkenyl groups, preferably of from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, 30 having from 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 44 - (= O), thioxo (=S), alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, thiocarbonylamino, acyloxy, amino, amidino, alkylamidino, thioamidino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, 5 aryloxyaryl, substituted aryloxyaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, carboxyl-substituted alkyl, carboxyl-cycloalkyl, carboxyl-substituted cycloalkyl, carboxylaryl, carboxyl-substituted aryl, carboxylheteroaryl, carboxyl-substituted heteroaryl, carboxylheterocyclic, carboxyl-substituted heterocyclic, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, 10 guanidino, guanidinosulfone, thiol, thioalkyl, substituted thioalkyl, thioaryl, substituted thioaryl, thiocycloalkyl, substituted thiocycloalkyl, thioheteroaryl, substituted thioheteroaryl, thioheterocyclic, substituted thioheterocyclic, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, cycloalkoxy, substituted cycloalkoxy, heteroaryloxy, 15 substituted heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyloxy, substituted heterocyclyloxy, oxycarbonylamino, oxythiocarbonylamino, -OS(0) 2 -alkyl, -OS(0) 2 substituted alkyl, -OS(0) 2 -aryl, -OS(0) 2 -substituted aryl, -OS(0) 2 -heteroaryl, -OS(0) 2 -substituted heteroaryl, -OS(0) 2 -heterocyclic, -OS(0) 2 -substituted heterocyclic, -OSO 2 -NRR where R is hydrogen or alkyl, 20 -NRS(0) 2 -alkyl, -NRS(0) 2 -substituted alkyl, -NRS(0) 2 -aryl, -NRS(0) 2 substituted aryl, -NRS(0) 2 -heteroaryl, -NRS(0) 2 -substituted heteroaryl, -NRS(0) 2 -heterocyclic, -NRS(0) 2 -substituted heterocyclic, -NRS(0) 2 -NR-alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-substituted alkyl, -NRS(0) 2 -NR-aryl, -NRS(0) 2 -NR-substituted aryl, -NRS(0) 2 -NR-heteroaryl, -NRS(0) 2
-NR
25 substituted heteroaryl, -NRS(0) 2 -NR-heterocyclic and -NRS(0) 2
-NR
substituted heterocyclic where R is hydrogen or alkyl, mono- and di alkylamino, mono- and di-(substituted alkyl)amino, mono- and di-arylamino, mono- and di-substituted arylamino, mono- and di-heteroarylamino, mono and di-substituted heteroarylamino, mono- and di-heterocyclic amino, mono 30 and di-substituted heterocyclic amino, unsymmetric di-substituted amines WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 45 having different substituents selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic, and substituted alkynyl groups having amino groups blocked by conventional blocking groups such as Boc, Cbz, formyl, and the 5 like, and alkynyl/substituted alkynyl groups substituted with -SO 2 -alkyl, -SOz-substituted alkyl, -SO 2 -alkenyl, -SO 2 -substituted alkenyl, -SO2 cycloalkyl, -SO 2 -substituted cycloalkyl, -SO 2 -aryl, -SO2-substituted aryl,
-SO
2 -heteroaryl, -SO 2 -substituted heteroaryl, -SO 2 -heterocyclic, -SO2 substituted heterocyclic and -SO 2 NRR where R is hydrogen or alkyl. 10 "Cycloalkoxy" refers to -O-cycloalkyl groups. "Substituted cycloalkoxy" refers to -O-substituted cycloalkyl groups. 15 "Guanidino" refers to the groups -NRC(=NR)NRR, -NRC(=NR)NR-alkyl, -NRC(=NR)NR-substituted alkyl, -NRC(=NR)NR alkenyl, -NRC(=NR)NR-substituted alkenyl, -NRC(=NR)NR-alkynyl, -NRC(=NR)NR-substituted alkynyl, -NRC(=NR)NR-aryl, -NRC(= NR)NR-substituted aryl, -NRC(= NR)NR-cycloalkyl, 20 -NRC(= NR)NR-substituted cycloalkyl, -NRC(= NR)NR-heteroaryl, -NRC(= NR)NR-substituted heteroaryl, -NRC(= NR)NR-heterocyclic, and -NRC(= NR)NR-substituted heterocyclic where each R is independently hydrogen and alkyl, as well as where one of the amino groups is blocked by conventional blocking groups such as Boc, Cbz, formyl, and the like, and 25 wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 46 - "Guanidinosulfone" refers to the groups -NRC(=NR)NRSO 2 -alkyl, -NRC(= NR)NRSO 2 -substituted alkyl, -NRC(= NR)NRSO 2 -alkenyl, -NRC(= NR)NRSO 2 -substituted alkenyl, -NRC(= NR)NRSO 2 -alkynyl, -NRC(= NR)NRSO 2 -substituted alkynyl, -NRC(= NR)NRSO 2 -aryl, 5 -NRC(= NR)NRSO 2 -substituted aryl, -NRC(= NR)NRSO 2 -cycloalkyl,
-NRC(=NR)NRSO
2 -substituted cyc'oalkyl, -NRC(=NR)NRSO 2 -heteroaryl,
-NRC(=NR)NRSO
2 -substituted heteroaryl, -NRC(=NR)NRSO 2 heterocyclic, and -NRC(=NR)NRSOz-substituted heterocyclic where each R is independently hydrogen and alkyl, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, 10 alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein. "Halo" or "halogen" refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo and 15 preferably is either chloro or bromo. "Heteroaryl" refers to an aromatic carbocyclic group of from 2 to 10 carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur within the ring. Such heteroaryl groups can have a single ring (e.g., 20 pyridyl or furyl) or multiple condensed rings (e.g., indolizinyl or benzothienyl). Preferred heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl and furyl. "Substituted heteroaryl" refers to heteroaryl groups which are 25 substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, acyl, acylamino, thiocarbonylamino, acyloxy, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, amidino, alkylamidino, thioamidino, amino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonyloxy, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, aryl, 30 substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, cycloalkoxy, substituted WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 47 cycloalkoxy, heteroaryloxy, substituted heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyloxy, substituted heterocyclyloxy, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, carboxyl-substituted alkyl, carboxyl-cycloalkyl, carboxyl-substituted cycloalkyl, carboxylaryl, carboxyl-substituted aryl, carboxylheteroaryl, carboxyl-substituted 5 heteroaryl, carboxylheterocyclic, carboxyl-substituted heterocyclic, carboxylamido, cyano, thiol, thioalkyl, substituted thioalkyl, thioaryl, substituted thioaryl, thioheteroaryl, substituted thioheteroaryl, thiocycloalkyl, substituted thiocycloalkyl, thioheterocyclic, substituted thioheterocyclic, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, guanidino, 10 guanidinosulfone, halo, nitro, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, oxycarbonylamino, oxythiocarbonylamino, -S(O) 2 -alkyl, -S(O) 2 -substituted alkyl, -S(O)2 cycloalkyl, -S(O) 2 -substituted cycloalkyl, -S(O) 2 -alkenyl, -S(O) 2 -substituted alkenyl, -S(O) 2 -aryl, -S(O) 2 -substituted aryl, -S(O) 2 -heteroaryl, -S(O) 2 15 substituted heteroaryl, -S(O) 2 -heterocyclic, -S(O) 2 -substituted heterocyclic,
-OS(O)
2 -alkyl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted alkyl, -OS(O) 2 -aryl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted aryl, -OS(O) 2 -heteroaryl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted heteroaryl, -OS(O) 2 heterocyclic, -OS(O) 2 -substituted heterocyclic, -OSO 2 -NRR where R is hydrogen or alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -substituted alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 20 aryl, -NRS(O) 2 -substituted aryl, -NRS(O) 2 -heteroaryl, -NRS(O) 2 -substituted heteroaryl, -NRS(O) 2 -heterocyclic, -NRS(O) 2 -substituted heterocyclic,
-NRS(O)
2 -NR-alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-substituted alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-aryl,
-NRS(O)
2 -NR-substituted aryl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-heteroaryl, -NRS(O) 2
-NR
substituted heteroaryl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-heterocyclic and -NRS(O) 2
-NR
25 substituted heterocyclic where R is hydrogen or alkyl, mono- and di alkylamino, mono- and di-(substituted alkyl)amino, mono- and di-arylamino, mono- and di-substituted arylamino, mono- and di-heteroarylamino, mono and di-substituted heteroarylamino, mono- and di-heterocyclic amino, mono and di-substituted heterocyclic amino, unsymmetric di-substituted amines 30 having different substituents selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 48 substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic, and amino groups on the substituted aryl blocked by conventional blocking groups such as Boc, Cbz, formyl, and the like, or substituted with -SO 2 NRR where R is hydrogen or alkyl. 5 "Heteroaryloxy" refers to the group -O-heteroaryl and "substituted heteroaryloxy" refers to the group -O-substituted heteroaryl. "Heterocycle" or "heterocyclic" refers to a saturated or unsaturated 10 group having a single ring or multiple condensed rings having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and from 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen within the ring wherein, in fused ring systems, one or more the rings can be aryl or heteroaryl. 15 "Saturated heterocyclic" refers to heterocycles of single or multiple condensed rings lacking unsaturation in any ring (e.g., carbon to carbon unsaturation, carbon to nitrogen unsaturation, nitrogen to nitrogen unsaturation, and the like). 20 "Unsaturated heterocyclic" refers to non-aromatic heterocycles of single or multiple condensed rings having unsaturation in any ring (e.g., carbon to carbon unsaturation, carbon to nitrogen unsaturation, nitrogen to nitrogen unsaturation, and the like). 25 "Substituted heterocyclic" refers to heterocycle groups which are substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo (= 0), thioxo (=S), alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, thiocarbonylamino, acyloxy, amino, amidino, alkylamidino, thioamidino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminothiocarbonylamino, 30 aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, substituted aryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 49 aryloxyaryl, substituted aryloxyaryl, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, carboxyl-substituted alkyl, carboxyl-cycloalkyl, carboxyl-substituted cycloalkyl, carboxylaryl, carboxyl-substituted aryl, carboxylheteroaryl, carboxyl-substituted heteroaryl, carboxylheterocyclic, 5 carboxyl-substituted heterocyclic, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, guanidino, guanidinosulfone, thiol, thioalkyl, substituted thioalkyl, thioaryl, substituted thioaryl, thiocycloalkyl, substituted thiocycloalkyl, thioheteroaryl, substituted thioheteroaryl, thioheterocyclic, substituted thioheterocyclic, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted 10 heterocyclic, cycloalkoxy, substituted cycloalkoxy, heteroaryloxy, substituted heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyloxy, substituted heterocyclyloxy, oxycarbonylamino, oxythiocarbonylamino, -OS(O) 2 -alkyl, -OS(O) 2 substituted alkyl, -OS(O) 2 -aryl, -OS(O) 2 -substituted aryl, -OS(O) 2 -heteroaryl,
-OS(O)
2 -substituted heteroaryl, -OS(O) 2 -heterocyclic, -OS(O) 2 -substituted 15 heterocyclic, -OS0 2 -NRR where R is hydrogen or alkyl,
-NRS(O)
2 -alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -substituted alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -aryl, -NRS(O) 2 substituted aryl, -NRS(O) 2 -heteroaryl, -NRS(O) 2 -substituted heteroaryl,
-NRS(O)
2 -heterocyclic, -NRS(O) 2 -substituted heterocyclic,
-NRS(O)
2 -NR-alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-substituted alkyl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-aryl, 20 -NRS(O) 2 -NR-substituted aryl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-heteroaryl, -NRS(O) 2
-NR
substituted heteroaryl, -NRS(O) 2 -NR-heterocyclic and -NRS(O) 2
-NR
substituted heterocyclic where R is hydrogen or alkyl, mono- and di alkylamino, mono- and di-(substituted alkyl)amino, mono- and di-arylamino, mono- and di-substituted arylamino, mono- and di-heteroarylamino, mono 25 and di-substituted heteroarylamino, mono- and di-heterocyclic amino, mono and di-substituted heterocyclic amino, unsymmetric di-substituted amines having different substituents selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic, and substituted alkynyl groups having amino groups 30 blocked by conventional blocking groups such as Boc, Cbz, formyl, and the WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 50 like, and alkynyl/substituted alkynyl groups substituted with -SO 2 -alkyl,
-SO
2 -substituted alkyl, -SO 2 -alkenyl, -SO2-substituted alkenyl, -S02 cycloalkyl, -SO 2 -substituted cycloalkyl, -SO 2 -aryl, -S0 2 -substituted aryl,
-SO
2 -heteroaryl, -SO 2 -substituted heteroaryl, -SO 2 -heterocyclic, -SO2 5 substituted heterocyclic and -SO 2 NRR where R is hydrogen or alkyl. Examples of heterocycles and heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, dihydroindole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, 10 isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthylpyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, phenanthroline, isothiazole, phenazine, isoxazole, phenoxazine, phenothiazine, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, phthalimide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline, 4,5,6,7 15 tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene, thiazole, thiazolidine, thiophene, benzo[b]thiophene, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperidinyl, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuranyl, and the like. "Saturated substituted heterocyclic" refers to substituted heterocycles 20 of single or multiple condensed rings lacking unsaturation in any ring (e.g., carbon to carbon unsaturation, carbon to nitrogen unsaturation, nitrogen to nitrogen unsaturation, and the like). "Unsaturated substituted heterocyclic" refers to non-aromatic 25 substituted heterocycles of single or multiple condensed rings having unsaturation in any ring (e.g., carbon to carbon unsaturation, carbon to nitrogen unsaturation, nitrogen to nitrogen unsaturation, and the like). "Heterocyclyloxy" refers to the group -O-heterocyclic and 30 "substituted heterocyclyloxy" refers to the group -O-substituted heterocyclic.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 51 - "Thiol" refers to the group -SH. "Thioalkyl" refers to the groups -S-alkyl 5 "Substituted thioalkyl" refers to the group -S-substituted alkyl. "Thiocycloalkyl" refers to the groups -S-cycloalkyl. "Substituted thiocycloalkyl" refers to the group -S-substituted 10 cycloalkyl. "Thioaryl" refers to the group -S-aryl and "substituted thioaryl" refers to the group -S-substituted aryl. 15 "Thioheteroaryl" refers to the group -S-heteroaryl and "substituted thioheteroaryl" refers to the group -S-substituted heteroaryl. "Thioheterocyclic" refers to the group -S-heterocyclic and "substituted thioheterocyclic" refers to the group -S-substituted heterocyclic. 20 "Pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a compound of formula I or IA, which salts are derived from a variety of organic and inorganic counter ions well known in the art and include, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, calcium, 25 magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium, and the like; and when the compound of formula I or IA contains a basic functionality, salts of organic or inorganic acids, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, tartrate, mesylate, acetate, maleate, oxalate and the like.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 52 - Compound Preparation The compounds of this invention can be prepared from readily available starting materials using the following general methods and 5 procedures. It will be appreciated that where typical or preferred process conditions (i.e., reaction temperatures, times, mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.) are given, other process conditions can also be used unless otherwise stated. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvent used, but such conditions can be determined 10 by one skilled in the art by routine optimization procedures. Additionally, as will be apparent to those skilled in the art, conventional protecting groups may be necessary to prevent certain functional groups from undergoing undesired reactions. Suitable protecting 15 groups for various functional groups as well as suitable conditions for protecting and deprotecting particular functional groups are well known in the art. For example, numerous protecting groups are described in T. W. Greene and G. M. Wuts, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second Edition, Wiley, New York, 1991, and references cited therein. 20 Furthermore, the compounds of this invention will typically contain one or more chiral centers. Accordingly, if desired, such compounds can be prepared or isolated as pure stereoisomers, i.e., as individual enantiomers or diastereomers, or as stereoisomer-enriched mixtures. All such stereoisomers 25 (and enriched mixtures) are included within the scope of this invention, unless otherwise indicated. Pure stereoisomers (or enriched mixtures) may be prepared using, for example, optically active starting materials or stereoselective reagents well-known in the art. Alternatively, racemic mixtures of such compounds can be separated using, for example, chiral 30 column chromatography, chiral resolving agents and the like.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 53 - In a preferred method of synthesis, the compounds of formulas I and IA, wherein Q is -C(O)NR 7 -, are prepared by first coupling an amino acid of formula II:
R
3 1
R
2 -NH-C-COOH II
R
4 wherein R 2 and R 3 are as defined in formulas I and IA, and R 4 is hydrogen, with a sulfonyl chloride of formula III:
R
1
-SO
2 -C1 III wherein R' is as defined in formulas I and IA, to provide an N-sulfonyl amino acid of formula IV:
R
3
R'-SO
2
-N(R
2 )-C-COOH IV
R
4 wherein R1-R 4 are as defined above. This reaction is typically conducted by reacting the amino acid of formula II with at least one equivalent, preferably about 1.1 to about 2 equivalents, of sulfonyl chloride III in an inert diluent such as dichloromethane and the like. Generally, the reaction is conducted at a temperature ranging from about -70'C to about 40 0 C for about 1 to about 24 hours. Preferably, this reaction is conducted in the presence of a suitable WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 54 base to scavenge the acid generated during the reaction. Suitable bases include, by way of example, tertiary amines, such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine and the like. Alternatively, the reaction can be conducted under Schotten-Baumann-type conditions using 5 aqueous alkali, such as sodium hydroxide and the like, as the base. Upon completion of the reaction, the resulting N-sulfonyl amino acid IV is recovered by conventional methods including neutralization, extraction, precipitation, chromatography, filtration and the like. 10 The amino acids of formula II employed in the above reaction are either known compounds or compounds that can be prepared from known compounds by conventional synthetic procedures. Examples of suitable amino acids for use in this reaction include, but are not limited to, L-proline, trans-4-hydroxyl-L-proline, cis-4-hydroxyl-L-proline, trans-3-phenyl-L 15 proline, cis-3-phenyl-L-proline, L-(2-methyl)proline, L-pipecolinic acid, L indoline-2-carboxylic acid, L-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, L-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid, L-(5,5-dimethyl)thiazolidine-4 carboxylic acid, L-thiamorpholine-3-carboxylic acid, glycine, 2-tert butylglycine, D,L-phenylglycine, L-alanine, a-methylalanine, N-methyl-L 20 phenylalanine, L-diphenylalanine, sarcosine, D,L-phenylsarcosine, L aspartic acid P-tert-butyl ester, L-glutamic acid y-tert-butyl ester, L-(O benzyl)serine, 1-aminocyclopropanecarboxylic acid, 1 aminocyclobutanecarboxylic acid, 1-aminocyclopentanecarboxylic acid (cycloleucine) 1-aminocyclohexanecarboxylic acid, L-serine and the like. If 25 desired, the corresponding carboxylic acid esters of the amino acids of formula II, such as the methyl esters, ethyl esters and the like, can be employed in the above reaction with the sulfonyl chloride III. Subsequent hydrolysis of the ester group to the carboxylic acid using conventional reagents and conditions, i.e., treatment with an alkali metal hydroxide in an WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 - 55 inert diluent such as methanol/water, then provides the N-sulfonyl amino acid IV. Similarly, the sulfonyl chlorides of formula III employed in the above 5 reaction are either known compounds or compounds that can be prepared from known compounds by conventional synthetic procedures. Such compounds are typically prepared from the corresponding sulfonic acid, i.e., from compounds of the formula R'-S03 H where R 1 is as defined above, using phosphorous trichloride and phosphorous pentachloride. This reaction 10 is generally conducted by contacting the sulfonic acid with about 2 to 5 molar equivalents of phosphorous trichloride and phosphorous pentachloride, either neat or in an inert solvent, such as dichloromethane, at a temperature in the range of about 0OC to about 80'C for about 1 to about 48 hours to afford the sulfonyl chloride. Alternatively, the sulfonyl chlorides of formula 15 III can be prepared from the corresponding thiol compound, i.e., from compounds of the formula R'-SH where R' is as defined above, by treating the thiol with chlorine (Cl 2 ) and water under conventional reaction conditions. 20 Examples of sulfonyl chlorides suitable for use in this invention include, but are not limited to, methanesulfonyl chloride, 2-propanesulfonyl chloride, 1-butanesulfonyl chloride, benzenesulfonyl chloride, 1-naphthalenesulfonyl chloride, 2-naphthalenesulfonyl chloride, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, cx-toluenesulfonyl chloride, 25 4-acetamidobenzenesulfonyl chloride, 4-amidinobenzenesulfonyl chloride, 4-tert-butylbenzenesulfonyl chloride, 4-bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride, 2-carboxybenzenesulfonyl chloride, 4-cyanobenzenesulfonyl chloride, 3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride, 3,5-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride, 3,4-dimethoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride, 3,5 30 ditrifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyl chloride, 4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride, WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 56 - 4-methoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride, 2-methoxycarbonylbenzenesulfonyl chloride, 4-methylamidobenzenesulfonyl chloride, 4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride, 4-thioamidobenzenesulfonyl chloride, 4 trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyl chloride, 4-trifluoromethoxybenzenesulfonyl chloride, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonyl chloride, 2-phenylethanesulfonyl chloride, 2-thiophenesulfonyl chloride, 5-chloro-2-thiophenesulfonyl chloride, 2,5-dichloro-4-thiophenesulfonyl chloride, 2-thiazolesulfonyl chloride, 2-methyl-4-thiazolesulfonyl chloride, 1-methyl-4-imidazolesulfonyl chloride, 1-methyl-4-pyrazolesulfonyl chloride, 5-chloro-1,3-dimethyl-4 pyrazolesulfonyl chloride, 3-pyridinesulfonyl chloride, 2-pyrimidinesulfonyl chloride and the like. If desired, a sulfonyl fluoride, sulfonyl bromide or sulfonic acid anhydride may be used in place of the sulfonyl chloride in the above reaction to form the N-sulfonyl amino acids of formula IV. The compounds of formula I are then prepared by coupling the intermediate N-sulfonyl amino acid of formula IV with an amino acid derivative of formula VI: O
R
7
-NH-CH-C-R
6 VI I RI wherein RS-R 7 are as in formulas I and IA. This coupling reaction is typically conducted using well-known coupling reagents such as carbodiimides, BOP reagent (benzotriazol-1-yloxy tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphonate) and the like. Suitable carbodiimides include, by way of example, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3 ethylcarbodiimide (EDC) and the like. If desired, polymer supported forms of carbodiimide coupling reagents may also be used including, for example, WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 57 those described in Tetrahedron Letters, 34(48), 7685 (1993). Additionally, well-known coupling promoters, such as N-hydroxysuccinimide, 1-hydroxybenzotriazole and the like, may be used to facilitate the coupling reaction. 5 This coupling reaction is typically conducted by contacting the N-sulfonylamino acid IV with about 1 to about 2 equivalents of the coupling reagent and at least one equivalent, preferably about 1 to about 1.2 equivalents, of amino acid derivative VI in an inert diluent, such as 10 dichloromethane, chloroform, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, N,N dimethylformamide and the like. Generally, this reaction is conducted at a temperature ranging from about 0 0 C to about 37°C for about 12 to about 24 hours. Upon completion of the reaction, the compound of formula I is recovered by conventional methods including neutralization, extraction, 15 precipitation, chromatography, filtration, and the like. Alternatively, the N-sulfonyl amino acid IV can be converted into an acid halide and the acid halide coupled with amino acid derivative VI to provide compounds of formula I. The acid halide of VI can be prepared by 20 contacting VI with an inorganic acid halide, such as thionyl chloride, phosphorous trichloride, phosphorous tribromide or phosphorous pentachloride, or, preferably, with oxalyl chloride under conventional conditions. Generally, this reaction is conducted using about 1 to 5 molar equivalents of the inorganic acid halide or oxalyl chloride, either neat or in 25 an inert solvent, such as dichloromethane or carbon tetrachloride, at temperature in the range of about 0OC to about 80 0 C for about 1 to about 48 hours. A catalyst, such as N,N-dimethylformamide, may also be used in this reaction.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 58 - The acid halide of N-sulfonyl amino acid IV is then contacted with at least one equivalent, preferably about 1.1 to about 1.5 equivalents, of amino acid derivative VI in an inert diluent, such as dichloromethane, at a temperature ranging from about -70 0 C to about 40'C for about 1 to about 24 hours. Preferably, this reaction is conducted in the presence of a suitable base to scavenge the acid generated during the reaction. Suitable bases include, by way of example, tertiary amines, such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine and the like. Alternatively, the reaction can be conducted under Schotten-Baumann-type conditions using aqueous alkali, such as sodium hydroxide and the like. Upon completion of the reaction, the compound of formula I is recovered by conventional methods including neutralization, extraction, precipitation, chromatography, filtration, and the like. Alternatively, the compounds of formula I can be prepared by first forming a diamino acid derivative of formula VII:
R
3
R
7 O
R
2 -NH-C-C(0)N-CH-C-R 6 VII
R
4
R
5 wherein R 2
-R
7 are as defined above. The diamino acid derivatives of formula VII can be readily prepared by coupling an amino acid of formula II with an amino acid derivative of formula VI using conventional amino acid coupling techniques and reagents, such as carbodiimides, BOP reagent and the like, as described above. Diamino acid VII can then be sulfonated using a sulfonyl chloride of formula III and using the synthetic procedures described above to provide a compound of formula I.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 - 59 - The amino acid derivatives of formula VI employed in the above reactions are either known compounds or compounds that can be prepared from known compounds by conventional synthetic procedures. For example, amino acid derivatives of formula VI can be prepared by C 5 alkylating commercially available diethyl 2-acetamidomalonate (Aldrich, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA) with an alkyl or substituted alkyl halide. This reaction is typically conducted by treating the diethyl 2-acetamidomalonate with at least one equivalent of sodium ethoxide and at least one equivalent of an alkyl or substituted alkyl halide in refluxing ethanol for about 6 to about 10 12 hours. The resulting C-alkylated malonate is then deacetylated, hydrolyzed and decarboxylated by heating in aqueous hydrochloric acid at reflux for about 6 to about 12 hours to provide the amino acid, typically as the hydrochloride salt. 15 Examples of amino acid derivatives of formula VI suitable for use in the above reactions include, but are not limited to, L-tryptophan methyl ester, L-phenylalanine methyl ester, L-phenylalanine isopropyl ester, L phenylalanine benzyl ester, L-phenylalaninamide, N-methyl-L-phenylalanine benzyl ester, D,L-homophenylalanine methyl ester, 3-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine 20 methyl ester, 1-(2-naphthyl)-L-alanine methyl ester, 1-(2-thienyl)-L-alanine methyl ester, P-(2-pyridyl)-L-alanine methyl ester, 1-(3-pyridyl)-L-alanine methyl ester, P-(4-pyridyl)-L-alanine methyl ester, P-(2-thiazolyl)-D,L alanine methyl ester, 0-(1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-D,L-alanine methyl ester, and the like. If desired, of course, other esters or amides of the above-described 25 compounds may also be employed. For ease of synthesis, the compounds of formula I are typically prepared as an ester, i.e., where R 6 is an alkoxy or substituted alkoxy group and the like. If desired, the ester group can be hydrolysed using 30 conventional conditions and reagents to provide the corresponding carboxylic WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 60 acid. Typically, this reaction is conducted by treating the ester with at least one equivalent of an alkali metal hydroxide, such as lithium, sodium or potassium hydroxide, in an inert diluent, such as methanol or mixtures of methanol and water, at a temperature ranging from about 0 0 C to about 24°C 5 for about 1 to about 12 hours. Alternatively, benzyl esters may be removed by hydrogenolysis using a palladium catalyst, such as palladium on carbon. The resulting carboxylic acids may be coupled, if desired, to amines such as P-alanine ethyl ester, hydroxyamines such as hydroxylamine and N hydroxysuccinimide, alkoxyamines and substituted alkoxyamines such as O 10 methylhydroxylamine and O-benzylhydroxylamine, and the like, using conventional coupling reagents and conditions as described above. As will be apparent to those skilled in the art, other functional groups present on any of the substituents of the compounds of formula I can be 15 readily modified or derivatized either before or after the above-described coupling reactions using well-known synthetic procedures. For example, a nitro group present on a substituent of a compound of formula I or an intermediate thereof may be readily reduced by hydrogenation in the presence of a palladium catalyst, such as palladium on carbon, to provide the 20 corresponding amino group. This reaction is typically conducted at a temperature of from about 20'C to about 50 0 C for about 6 to about 24 hours in an inert diluent, such as methanol. Compounds having a nitro group on the R 5 substituent can be prepared, for example, by using a 4 nitrophenylalanine derivative and the like in the above-described coupling 25 reactions. Similarly, a pyridyl group can be hydrogenated in the presence of a platinum catalyst, such as platinum oxide, in an acidic diluent to provide the corresponding piperidinyl analogue. Generally, this reaction is conducted by 30 treating the pyridine compound with hydrogen at a pressure ranging from WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 61 about 20 psi to about 60 psi, preferably about 40 psi, in the presence of the catalyst at a temperature of about 20'C to about 50'C for about 2 to about 24 hours in an acidic diluent, such as a mixture of methanol and aqueous hydrochloric acid. Compounds having a pyridyl group can be readily 5 prepared by using, for example, 3-(2-pyridyl)-, P-(3-pyridyl)- or P-(4 pyridyl)-L-alanine derivatives in the above-described coupling reactions. By way of illustration, a compound of formula I, or an intermediate thereof, having a substituent containing a primary or secondary amino 10 group, such as where R 1 is a 4-aminophenyl group, can be readily N-acylated using conventional acylating reagents and conditions to provide the corresponding amide. This acylation reaction is typically conducted by treating the amino compound with at least one equivalent, preferably about 1.1 to about 1.2 equivalents, of a carboxylic acid in the presence of a 15 coupling reagent such as a carbodiimide, BOP reagent (benzotriazol-1-yloxy tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphonate) and the like, in an inert diluent, such as dichloromethane, chloroform, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, N,N-dimethylformamide and the like, at a temperature ranging from about 0OC to about 37oC for about 4 to about 24 hours. 20 Preferably, a promoter, such as N-hydroxysuccinimide, 1-hydroxybenzotriazole and the like, is used to facilitate the acylation reaction. Examples of carboxylic acids suitable for use in this reaction include, but are not limited to, N-tert-butyloxycarbonylglycine, N-tert butyloxycarbonyl-L-phenylalanine, N-tert-butyloxycarbonyl-L-aspartic acid 25 benzyl ester, benzoic acid, N-tert-butyloxycarbonylisonipecotic acid, N methylisonipecotic acid, N-tert-butyloxycarbonylnipecotic acid, N-tert butyloxycarbonyl-L-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, N-(toluene-4 sulfonyl)-L-proline and the like.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 - 62 - Alternatively, a compound of formula I or an intermediate thereof containing a primary or secondary amino group can be N-acylated using an acyl halide or a carboxylic acid anhydride to form the corresponding amide. This reaction is typically conducted by contacting the amino compound with 5 at least one equivalent, preferably about 1.1 to about 1.2 equivalents, of the acyl halide or carboxylic acid anhydride in an inert diluent, such as dichloromethane, at a temperature ranging from about -70'C to about 40 0 C for about 1 to about 24 hours. If desired, an acylation catalyst such as 4 (N,N-dimethylamino)pyridine may be used to promote the acylation reaction. 10 The acylation reaction is preferably conducted in the presence of a suitable base to scavenge the acid generated during the reaction. Suitable bases include, by way of example, tertiary amines, such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine and the like. Alternatively, the reaction can be conducted under Schotten-Baumann-type conditions using 15 aqueous alkali, such as sodium hydroxide and the like. Examples of acyl halides and carboxylic acid anhydrides suitable for use in this reaction include, but are not limited to, 2-methylpropionyl chloride, trimethylacetyl chloride, phenylacetyl chloride, benzoyl chloride, 20 2-bromobenzoyl chloride, 2-methylbenzoyl chloride, 2-trifluoromethylbenzoyl chloride, isonicotinoyl chloride, nicotinoyl chloride, picolinoyl chloride, acetic anhydride, succinic anhydride and the like. Carbamyl chlorides, such as N,N-dimethylcarbamyl chloride, N,N diethylcarbamyl chloride and the like, can also be used in this reaction to 25 provide ureas. Similarly, dicarbonates, such as di-tert-butyl dicarbonate, may be employed to provide carbamates. In a similar manner, a compound of formula I or an intermediate thereof containing a primary or secondary amino group may be N-sulfonated 30 to form a sulfonamide using a sulfonyl halide or a sulfonic acid anhydride.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 63- Sulfonyl halides and sulfonic acid anhydrides suitable for use in this reaction include, but are not limited to, methanesulfonyl chloride, chloromethanesulfonyl chloride, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride and the like. Similarly, sulfamoyl 5 chlorides, such as dimethylsulfamoyl chloride, can be used to provide sulfamides (e.g., > N-SO2-N <). Additionally, a primary and secondary amino group present on a substituent of a compound of formula I, or an intermediate thereof, can be 10 reacted with an isocyanate or a thioisocyanate to give a urea or thiourea, respectively. This reaction is typically conducted by contacting the amino compound with at least one equivalent, preferably about 1.1 to about 1.2 equivalents, of the isocyanate or thioisocyanate in an inert diluent, such as toluene and the like, at a temperature ranging from about 24oC to about 15 37oC for about 12 to about 24 hours. The isocyanates and thioisocyanates used in this reaction are commercially available or can be prepared from commercially available compounds using well-known synthetic procedures. For example, isocyanates and thioisocyanates are readily prepared by reacting the appropriate amine with phosgene or thiophosgene. Examples of 20 isocyanates and thioisocyanates suitable for use in this reaction include, but are not limited to, ethyl isocyanate, n-propyl isocyanate, 4-cyanophenyl isocyanate, 3-methoxyphenyl isocyanate, 2-phenylethyl isocyanate, methyl thioisocyanate, ethyl thioisocyanate, 2-phenylethyl thioisocyanate, 3-phenylpropyl thioisocyanate, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)propyl thioisocyanate, 25 phenyl thioisocyanate, benzyl thioisocyanate, 3-pyridyl thioisocyanate, fluorescein isothiocyanate (isomer I), and the like. Furthermore, when a compound of formula I or an intermediate thereof contains a primary or secondary amino group, the amino group can 30 be reductively alkylated using aldehydes or ketones to form a secondary or WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 64 tertiary amino group. This reaction is typically conducted by contacting the amino compound with at least one equivalent, preferably about 1.1 to about 1.5 equivalents, of an aldehyde or ketone and at least one equivalent based on the amino compound of a metal hydride reducing agent, such as sodium 5 cyanoborohydride, in an inert diluent, such as methanol, tetrahydrofuran, mixtures thereof and the like, at a temperature ranging from about 0OC to about 50 0 C for about 1 to about 72 hours. Aldehydes and ketones suitable for use in this reaction include, by way of example, benzaldehyde, 4 chlorobenzaldehyde, valeraldehyde and the like. 10 In a similar manner, when a compound of formula I, or an intermediate thereof, has a substituent containing a hydroxyl group, the hydroxyl group can be further modified or derivatized either before or after the above coupling reactions to provide, by way of example, ethers, 15 carbamates and the like. By way of example, a compound of formula I or an intermediate thereof having a substituent containing a hydroxyl group, such as where R' is a 4-hydroxyphenyl group, can be readily O-alkylated to form ethers. This 20 O-alkylation reaction is typically conducted by contacting the hydroxy compound with a suitable alkali or alkaline earth metal base, such as potassium carbonate, in an inert diluent, such as acetone, 2-butanone and the like, to form the alkali or alkaline earth metal salt of the hydroxyl group. This salt is generally not isolated, but is reacted in situ with at least one 25 equivalent of an alkyl or substituted alkyl halide or sulfonate, such as an alkyl chloride, bromide, iodide, mesylate or tosylate, to afford the ether. Generally, this reaction is conducted at a temperature ranging from about 60 0 C to about 150 0 C for about 24 to about 72 hours. Preferably, a catalytic amount of sodium or potassium iodide is added to the reaction mixture when 30 an alkyl chloride or bromide is employed in the reaction.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 65- Examples of alkyl or substituted alkyl halides and sulfonates suitable for use in this reaction include, but are not limited to, tert-butyl bromoacetate, N-tert-butyl chloroacetamide, 1-bromoethylbenzene, ethyl c-bromophenylacetate, 2-(N-ethyl-N-phenylamino)ethyl chloride, 2-(N,N 5 ethylamino)ethyl chloride, 2-(N,N-diisopropylamino)ethyl chloride, 2-(N,N dibenzylamino)ethyl chloride, 3-(N,--ethylamino)propyl chloride, 3-(N benzyl-N-methylamino)propyl chloride, N-(2-chloroethyl)morpholine, 2-(hexamethyleneimino)ethyl chloride, 3-(N-methylpiperazine)propyl chloride, 1-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-(3-chloropropyl)piperazine, 2-(4-hydroxy-4 10 phenylpiperidine)ethyl chloride, N-tert-butyloxycarbonyl-3-piperidinemethyl tosylate and the like. Alternatively, a hydroxyl group present on a substituent of a compound of formula I, or an intermediate thereof, can be O-alkylated using 15 the Mitsunobu reaction. In this reaction, an alcohol, such as 3-(N,N dimethylamino)-1-propanol and the like, is reacted with about 1.0 to about 1.3 equivalents of triphenylphosphine and about 1.0 to about 1.3 equivalents of diethyl azodicarboxylate in an inert diluent, such as tetrahydrofuran, at a temperature ranging from about -10oC to about 5 0 C for about 0.25 to about 20 1 hour. About 1.0 to about 1.3 equivalents of a hydroxy compound, such as N-tert-butyltyrosine methyl ester, is then added and the reaction mixture is stirred at a temperature of about 0OC to about 30'C for about 2 to about 48 hours to provide the O-alkylated product. 25 In a similar manner, a compound of formula I, or an intermediate thereof, containing an aryl hydroxy group can be reacted with an aryl iodide to provide a diaryl ether. Generally, this reaction is conducted by forming the alkali metal salt of the hydroxyl group using a suitable base, such as sodium hydride, in an inert diluent, such as xylenes, at a temperature of 30 about -25 0 C to about 100C. The salt is then treated with about 1.1 to about WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 66 - 1.5 equivalents of cuprous bromide dimethyl sulfide complex at a temperature ranging from about 10'C to about 30oC for about 0.5 to about 2.0 hours, followed by about 1.1 to about 1.5 equivalents of an aryl iodide, such as sodium 2-iodobenzoate and the like. The reaction is then heated to a 5 temperature from about 70'C to about 150oC for about 2 to about 24 hours to provide the diaryl ether. Additionally, a hydroxy-containing compound can also be readily derivatized to form a carbamate. In one method for preparing such 10 carbamates, a hydroxy compound of formula I, or an intermediate thereof, is contacted with about 1.0 to about 1.2 equivalents of 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate in an inert diluent, such as dichloromethane, at a temperature ranging from about -25oC to about 0OC for about 0.5 to about 2.0 hours. Treatment of the resulting carbonate with an excess, preferably about 2 to 15 about 5 equivalents, of a trialkylamine, such as triethylamine, for about 0.5 to 2 hours, followed by about 1.0 to about 1.5 equivalents of a primary or secondary amine, provides the carbamate. Examples of amines suitable for using in this reaction include, but are not limited to, piperazine, 1 methylpiperazine, 1-acetylpiperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, 20 pyrrolidine, piperidine and the like. Alternatively, in another method for preparing carbamates, a hydroxy-containing compound is contacted with about 1.0 to about 1.5 equivalents of a carbamyl chloride in an inert diluent, such as 25 dichloromethane, at a temperature ranging from about 25'C to about 70 0 C for about 2 to about 72 hours. Typically, this reaction is conducted in the presence of a suitable base to scavenge the acid generated during the reaction. Suitable bases include, by way of example, tertiary amines, such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine and the like. 30 Additionally, at least one equivalent (based on the hydroxy compound) of 4- WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 67 - (N,N-dimethylamino)pyridine is preferably added to the reaction mixture to facilitate the reaction. Examples of carbamyl chlorides suitable for use in this reaction include, by way of example, dimethylcarbamyl chloride, diethylcarbamyl chloride and the like. 5 Likewise, when a compound of formula I, or an intermediate thereof, contains a primary or secondary hydroxyl group, such hydroxyl groups can be readily converted into a leaving group and displaced to form, for example, amines, sulfides and fluorides. For example, derivatives of 4 10 hydroxy-L-proline can be converted into the corresponding 4-amino, 4-thio or 4-fluoro-L-proline derivatives via nucleophilic displacement of the derivatized hydroxyl group. Generally, when a chiral compound is employed in these reactions, the stereochemistry at the carbon atom attached to the derivatized hydroxyl group is typically inverted. 15 These reactions are typically conducted by first converting the hydroxyl group into a leaving group, such as a tosylate, by treatment of the hydroxy compound with at least one equivalent of a sulfonyl halide, such as p-toluenesulfonyl chloride and the like, in pyridine. This reaction is 20 generally conducted at a temperature of from about 0 0 C to about 70'C for about 1 to about 48 hours. The resulting tosylate can then be readily displaced with sodium azide, for example, by contacting the tosylate with at least one equivalent of sodium azide in an inert diluent, such as a mixture of N,N-dimethylformamide and water, at a temperature ranging from about O'C 25 to about 37oC for about 1 to about 12 hours to provide the corresponding azido compound. The azido group can then be reduced by, for example, hydrogenation using a palladium on carbon catalyst to provide the amino (
NH
2 ) compound.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 68 - Similarly, a tosylate group can be readily displaced by a thiol to form a sulfide. This reaction is typically conducted by contacting the tosylate with at least one equivalent of a thiol, such as thiophenol, in the presence of a suitable base, such as 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU), in an inert 5 diluent, such as N,N-dimethylformamide, at a temperature of from about O'C to about 37oC for about 1 to about 12 hours to provide the sulfide. Additionally, treatment of a tosylate with morpholinosulfur trifluoride in an inert diluent, such as dichloromethane, at a temperature ranging from about 0OC to about 37oC for about 12 to about 24 hours affords the corresponding 10 fluoro compound. Furthermore, a compound of formula I, or an intermediate thereof, having a substituent containing an iodoaryl group, for example, when R! is a 4-iodophenyl group, can be readily converted either before or after the above 15 coupling reactions into a biaryl compound. Typically, this reaction is conducted by treating the iodoaryl compound with about 1.1 to about 2 equivalents of an arylzinc iodide, such as 2-(methoxycarbonyl)phenylzinc iodide, in the presence of a palladium catalyst, such as palladium tetra(triphenylphosphine), in an inert diluent, such as tetrahydrofuran, at a 20 temperature ranging from about 24°C to about 30'C until the reaction is complete. This reaction is further described, for example, in Rieke, J. Org. Chem. 1991, 56, 1445. In some cases, the compounds of formula I, or intermediates thereof, 25 may contain substituents having one or more sulfur atoms. Such sulfur atoms will be present, for example, when the amino acid of formula II employed in the above reactions is derived from L-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid, L-(5,5-dimethyl)thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid, L-thiamorpholine-3 carboxylic acid and the like. When present, such sulfur atoms can be 30 oxidized either before or after the above coupling reactions to provide a WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 69 sulfoxide or sulfone compound using conventional reagents and reaction conditions. Suitable reagents for oxidizing a sulfide compound to a sulfoxide include, by way of example, hydrogen peroxide, 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (MCPBA), sodium periodate and the like. The oxidation reaction is 5 typically conducted by contacting the sulfide compound with about 0.95 to about 1.1 equivalents of the oxidizing reagent in an inert diluent, such as dichloromethane, at a temperature ranging from about -50'C to about 75 0 C for about 1 to about 24 hours. The resulting sulfoxide can then be further oxidized to the corresponding sulfone by contacting the sulfoxide with at 10 least one additional equivalent of an oxidizing reagent, such as hydrogen peroxide, MCPBA, potassium permanganate and the like. Alternatively, the sulfone can be prepared directly by contacting the sulfide with at least two equivalents, and preferably an excess, of the oxidizing reagent. Such reactions are described further in March, "Advanced Organic Chemistry", 15 4th Ed., pp. 1201-1202, Wiley Publisher (1992). Lastly, the compounds of formula I, where Q is -C(S)NR 7 -, can be prepared by using an amino thionoacid derivative in place of amino acid II in the above described synthetic procedures. Such amino thionoacid derivatives 20 can be prepared by the procedures described in Shalaky, et al., J. Org. Chem., 61:9045-9048 (1996) and Brain, et al., J. Org. Chem., 62:3808 3809 (1997) and references cited therein. Pharmaceutical Formulations 25 When employed as pharmaceuticals, the compounds of formula I and IA are usually administered in the form of pharmaceutical compositions. These compounds can be administered by a variety of routes including oral, rectal, transdermal, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, and 30 intranasal. These compounds are effective as both injectable and oral WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 70 compositions. Such compositions are prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art and comprise at least one active compound. This invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions which 5 contain, as the active ingredient, one or more of the compounds of formula I or IA above associated with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. In making the compositions of this invention, the active ingredient is usually mixed with an excipient, diluted by an excipient or enclosed within such a carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container. 10 When the excipient serves as a diluent, it can be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material, which acts as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient. Thus, the compositions can be in the form of tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols (as a solid or in a liquid medium), ointments 15 containing, for example, up to 10% by weight of the active compound, soft and hard gelatin capsules, suppositories, sterile injectable solutions, and sterile packaged powders. In preparing a formulation, it may be necessary to mill the active 20 compound to provide the appropriate particle size prior to combining with the other ingredients. If the active compound is substantially insoluble, it ordinarily is milled to a particle size of less than 200 mesh. If the active compound is substantially water soluble, the particle size is normally adjusted by milling to provide a substantially uniform distribution in the 25 formulation, e.g. about 40 mesh. Some examples of suitable excipients include lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, 30 polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, water, syrup, and methyl cellulose. The WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 71 formulations can additionally include: lubricating agents such as talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifying and suspending agents; preserving agents such as methyl- and propylhydroxy benzoates; sweetening agents; and flavoring agents. The compositions of the 5 invention can be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the patient by employing procedures known in the art. The compositions are preferably formulated in a unit dosage form, 10 each dosage containing from about 5 to about 100 mg, more usually about 10 to about 30 mg, of the active ingredient. The term "unit dosage forms" refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in 15 association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient. The active compound is effective over a wide dosage range and is generally administered in a pharmaceutically effective amount. It will be understood, however, that the amount of the compound actually administered 20 will be determined by a physician in the light of the relevant circumstances, including the condition to be treated, the chosen route of administration, the actual compound administered, the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient's symptoms and the like. 25 For preparing solid compositions such as tablets, the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention. When referring to these preformulation compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the active ingredient is 30 dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 72 readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules. This solid preformulation is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from, for example, 0.1 to about 500 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention. 5 The tablets or pills of the present invention may be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action. For example, the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an 10 envelope over the former. The two components can be separated by an enteric layer which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permit the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release. A variety of materials can be used for such enteric layers or coatings, such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures 15 of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol, and cellulose acetate. The liquid forms in which the novel compositions of the present invention may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection 20 include aqueous solutions suitably flavored with syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles. 25 Compositions for inhalation or insufflation include solutions and suspensions in pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and powders. The liquid or solid compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as described supra. Preferably, the compositions are administered by the oral or nasal 30 respiratory route for local or systemic effect. Compositions in preferably WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 73 pharmaceutically acceptable solvents may be nebulized by use of inert gases. Nebulized solutions may be breathed directly from the nebulizing device or the nebulizing device may be attached to a face mask tent or intermittent positive pressure breathing machine. Solution, suspension, or powder 5 compositions may be administered, preferably orally or nasally, from devices which deliver the formulatior in an appropriate manner. The following formulation examples illustrate the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention. 10 Formulation Example 1 Hard gelatin capsules containing the following ingredients are prepared: Quantity 15 Ingredient (mg/capsule) Active Ingredient 30.0 Starch 305.0 Magnesium stearate 5.0 20 The above ingredients are mixed and filled into hard gelatin capsules in 340 mg quantities. Formulation Example 2 A tablet formula is prepared using the ingredients below: 25 Quantity Ingredient (mg/tablet) Active Ingredient 25.0 Cellulose, microcrystalline 200.0 Colloidal silicon dioxide 10.0 30 Stearic acid 5.0 The components are blended and compressed to form tablets, each weighing 240 mg.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 74 - Formulation Example 3 A dry powder inhaler formulation is prepared containing the following components: Ingredient Weight % 5 Active Ingredient 5 Lactose 95 The active mixture is mixed with the lactose and the mixture is added to a dry powder inhaling appliance. 10 Formulation Example 4 Tablets, each containing 30 mg of active ingredient, are prepared as follows: Quantity 15 Ingredient (mg/tablet) Active Ingredient 30.0 mg Starch 45.0 mg Microcrystalline cellulose 35.0 mg Polyvinylpyrrolidone 20 (as 10% solution in water) 4.0 mg Sodium carboxymethyl starch 4.5 mg Magnesium stearate 0.5 mg Talc 1.0 mg 25 Total 120 mg The active ingredient, starch and cellulose are passed through a No. 20 mesh U.S. sieve and mixed thoroughly. The solution of polyvinyl pyrrolidone is mixed with the resultant powders, which are then passed 30 through a 16 mesh U.S. sieve. The granules so produced are dried at 50' to 60'C and passed through a 16 mesh U.S. sieve. The sodium carboxymethyl starch, magnesium stearate, and talc, previously passed through a No. 30 mesh U.S. sieve, are then added to the granules which, after mixing, are compressed on a tablet machine to yield tablets each weighing 150 mg. 35 WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 75 - Formulation Example 5 Capsules, each containing 40 mg of medicament, are made as follows: Quantity 5 Ingredient (mg/capsule) Active Ingredient 40.0 mg Starch 109.0 mg Magnesium stearate 1.0 mg Total 150.0 mg 10 The active ingredient, cellulose, starch, and magnesium stearate are blended, passed through a No. 20 mesh U.S. sieve, and filled into hard gelatin capsules in 150 mg quantities. 15 Formulation Example 6 Suppositories, each containing 25 mg of active ingredient, are made as follows: Ingredient Amount Active Ingredient 25 mg 20 Saturated fatty acid glycerides to 2,000 mg The active ingredient is passed through a No. 60 mesh U.S. sieve and suspended in the saturated fatty acid glycerides previously melted using the minimum heat necessary. The mixture is then poured into a suppository 25 mold of nominal 2.0 g capacity and allowed to cool. Formulation Example 7 Suspensions, each containing 50 mg of medicament per 5.0 ml dose, are made as follows: 30 Ingredient Amount Active Ingredient 50.0 mg Xanthan gum 4.0 mg Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (11%)/ Microcrystalline cellulose (89%) 50.0 mg 35 Sucrose 1.75 g Sodium benzoate 10.0 mg WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 76 - Flavor and Color q.v. Purified water to 5.0 ml The medicament, sucrose and xanthan gum are blended, passed through 5 a No. 10 mesh U.S. sieve, and then mixed with a previously made solution of the microcrystalline cellulose and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose in water. The sodium benzoate, flavor, and color are diluted with some of the water and added with stirring. Sufficient water is then added to produce the required volume. 10 Formulation Example 8 Quantity Ingredient (mg/capsule) Active Ingredient 15.0 mg 15 Starch 407.0 mg Magnesium stearate 3.0 mg Total 425.0 mg 20 The active ingredient, cellulose, starch, and magnesium stearate are blended, passed through a No. 20 mesh U.S. sieve, and filled into hard gelatin capsules in 560 mg quantities. Formulation Example 9 25 An intravenous formulation may be prepared as follows: Ingredient Ouantity Active Ingredient 250.0 mg Isotonic saline 1000 ml 30 Formulation Example 10 A topical formulation may be prepared as follows: Ingredient Ouantity Active Ingredient 1-10 g Emulsifying Wax 30 g 35 Liquid Paraffin 20 g White Soft Paraffin to 100 g WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 77 - The white soft paraffin is heated until molten. The liquid paraffin and emulsifying wax are incorporated and stirred until dissolved. The active ingredient is added and stirring is continued until dispersed. The mixture is then cooled until solid. 5 Another preferred formulation employed in the methods of the present invention employs transdermal delivery devices ("patches"). Such transdermal patches may be used to provide continuous or discontinuous infusion of the compounds of the present invention in controlled amounts. 10 The construction and use of transdermal patches for the delivery of pharmaceutical agents is well known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent 5,023,252, issued June 11, 1991, herein incorporated by reference. Such patches may be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents. 15 It may be desirable or necessary to introduce the pharmaceutical composition to the brain, either directly or indirectly. Direct techniques usually involve placement of a drug delivery catheter into the host's ventricular system to bypass the blood-brain barrier. One such implantable 20 delivery system used for the transport of biological factors to specific anatomical regions of the body is described in U.S. Patent 5,011,472, which is herein incorporated by reference. Indirect techniques, which are generally preferred, usually involve 25 formulating the compositions to provide for drug latentiation by the conversion of hydrophilic drugs into lipid-soluble drugs. Latentiation is generally achieved through blocking of the hydroxy, carbonyl, sulfate, and primary amine groups present on the drug to render the drug more lipid soluble and amenable to transportation across the blood-brain barrier. 30 Alternatively, the delivery of hydrophilic drugs may be enhanced by WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 78 intra-arterial infusion of hypertonic solutions which can transiently open the blood-brain barrier. Utility 5 The compounds of this invention can be employed to bind VLA-4 (NP 1 integrin) in biological samples and, accordingly, have utility in, for example, assaying such samples for VLA-4. In such assays, the compounds can be bound to a solid support and the VLA-4 sample added thereto. The amount of VLA-4 in the sample can be determined by conventional methods such as 10 use of a sandwich ELISA assay. Alternatively, labeled VLA-4 can be used in a competitive assay to measure for the presence of VLA-4 in the sample. Other suitable assays are well known in the art. In addition, certain of the compounds of this invention inhibit, in vivo, 15 adhesion of leukocytes to endothelial cells mediated by VLA-4 and, accordingly, can be used in the treatment of diseases mediated by VLA-4. Such diseases include inflammatory diseases in mammalian patients such as asthma, Alzheimer's disease, atherosclerosis, AIDS dementia, diabetes (including acute juvenile onset diabetes), inflammatory bowel 20 disease (including ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease), multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, tissue transplantation, tumor metastasis, meningitis, encephalitis, stroke, and other cerebral traumas, nephritis, retinitis, atopic dermatitis, psoriasis, myocardial ischemia and acute leukocyte-mediated lung injury such as that which occurs in adult respiratory distress syndrome. 25 The biological activity of the compounds identified above may be assayed in a variety of systems. For example, a compound can be immobilized on a solid surface and adhesion of cells expressing VLA-4 can be measured. Using such formats, large numbers of compounds can be 30 screened. Cells suitable for this assay include any leukocytes known to WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 79 express VLA-4 such as T cells, B cells, monocytes, eosinophils, and basophils. A number of leukocyte cell lines can also be used, examples include Jurkat and U937. 5 The test compounds can also be tested for the ability to competitively inhibit binding between VLA-4 and VCAM-1, or between VLA-4 and a labeled compound known to bind VLA-4 such as a compound of this invention or antibodies to VLA-4. In these assays, the VCAM-1 can be immobilized on a solid surface. VCAM-1 may also be expressed as a 10 recombinant fusion protein having an Ig tail (e.g., IgG) so that binding to VLA-4 may be detected in an immunoassay. Alternatively, VCAM-1 expressing cells, such as activated endothelial cells or VCAM-1 transfected fibroblasts, can be used. For assays to measure the ability to block adhesion to brain endothelial cells, the assays described in International Patent 15 Application Publication No. WO 91/05038 are particularly preferred. This application is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Many assay formats employ labelled assay components. The labelling systems can be in a variety of forms. The label may be coupled directly or 20 indirectly to the desired component of the assay according to methods well known in the art. A wide variety of labels may be used. The component may be labelled by any one of several methods. The most common method of detection is the use of autoradiography with 3 H, 1251, 35 S, 1 4 C, or 32p labelled compounds or the like. Non-radioactive labels include ligands 25 which bind to labelled antibodies, fluorophores, chemiluminescent agents, enzymes and antibodies which can serve as specific binding pair members for a labelled ligand. The choice of label depends on sensitivity required, ease of conjugation with the compound, stability requirements, and available instrumentation. 30 WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 80 - Appropriate in vivo models for demonstrating efficacy in treating inflammatory responses include EAE (experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis) in mice, rats, guinea pigs, or primates, as well as other inflammatory models dependent upon c0 4 integrins. 5 Compounds having the desired biological activity may be modified as necessary to provide desired properties such as improved pharmacological properties (e.g., in vivo stability, bio-availability), or the ability to be detected in diagnostic applications. For instance, inclusion of one or more 10 D-amino acids in the sulfonamides of this invention typically increases in vivo stability. Stability can be assayed in a variety of ways such as by measuring the half-life of the proteins during incubation with peptidases or human plasma or serum. A number of such protein stability assays have been described (see, e.g., Verhoef, et al., Eur. J. Drug Metab. 15 Pharmacokinet., 1990, 15(2):83-93). For diagnostic purposes, a wide variety of labels may be linked to the compounds, which may provide, directly or indirectly, a detectable signal. Thus, the compounds of the subject invention may be modified in a variety 20 of ways for a variety of end purposes while still retaining biological activity. In addition, various reactive sites may be introduced at the terminus for linking to particles, solid substrates, macromolecules, or the like. Labeled compounds can be used in a variety of in vivo or in vitro 25 applications. A wide variety of labels may be employed, such as radionuclides (e.g., gamma-emitting radioisotopes such as technetium-99 or indium-111), fluorescers (e.g., fluorescein), enzymes, enzyme substrates, enzyme cofactors, enzyme inhibitors, chemiluminescent compounds, bioluminescent compounds, and the like. Those of ordinary skill in the art 30 will know of other suitable labels for binding to the complexes, or will be WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 81 able to ascertain such using routine experimentation. The binding of these labels is achieved using standard techniques common to those of ordinary skill in the art. 5 In vitro uses include diagnostic applications such as monitoring inflammatory responses by detecting the presence of leukocytes expressing VLA-4. The compounds of this invention can also be used for isolating or labeling such cells. In addition, as mentioned above, the compounds of the invention can be used to assay for potential inhibitors of VLA-4/VCAM-1 10 interactions. For in vivo diagnostic imaging to identify, e.g., sites of inflammation, radioisotopes are typically used in accordance with well known techniques. The radioisotopes may be bound to the peptide either directly or indirectly 15 using intermediate functional groups. For instance, chelating agents such as diethylenetriaminepentacetic acid (DTPA) and ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) and similar molecules have been used to bind proteins to metallic ion radioisotopes. 20 The complexes can also be labeled with a paramagnetic isotope for purposes of in vivo diagnosis, as in magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) or electron spin resonance (ESR), both of which are well known. In general, any conventional method for visualizing diagnostic imaging can be used. Usually, gamma- and positron-emitting radioisotopes are used for camera 25 imaging and paramagnetic isotopes are used for MRI. Thus, the compounds can be used to monitor the course of amelioration of an inflammatory response in an individual. By measuring the increase or decrease in lymphocytes expressing VLA-4, it is possible to determine whether a particular therapeutic regimen aimed at ameliorating the disease is effective. 30 WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 - 82 - The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be used to block or inhibit cellular adhesion associated with a number of diseases and disorders. For instance, a number of inflammatory disorders are associated with integrins or leukocytes. Treatable disorders include, e.g., 5 transplantation rejection (e.g., allograft rejection), Alzheimer's disease, atherosclerosis, AIDS dementia, diabetes (including acute juvenile onset diabetes), retinitis, cancer metastases, rheumatoid arthritis, acute leukocyte-mediated lung injury (e.g., adult respiratory distress syndrome), asthma, nephritis, and acute and chronic inflammation, including atopic 10 dermatitis, psoriasis, myocardial ischemia, and inflammatory bowel disease (including Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis). In preferred embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions are used to treat inflammatory brain disorders, such as multiple sclerosis (MS), viral meningitis and encephalitis. 15 Inflammatory bowel disease is a collective term for two similar diseases referred to as Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis. Crohn's disease is an idiopathic, chronic ulceroconstrictive inflammatory disease characterized by sharply delimited and typically transmural involvement of all layers of the 20 bowel wall by a granulomatous inflammatory reaction. Any segment of the gastrointestinal tract, from the mouth to the anus, may be involved, although the disease most commonly affects the terminal ileum and/or colon. Ulcerative colitis is an inflammatory response limited largely to the colonic mucosa and submucosa. Lymphocytes and macrophages are numerous in 25 lesions of inflammatory bowel disease and may contribute to inflammatory injury. Asthma is a disease characterized by increased responsiveness of the tracheobronchial tree to various stimuli potentiating paroxysmal constriction 30 of the bronchial airways. The stimuli cause release of various mediators of WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 83 inflammation from IgE-coated mast cells, including histamine, eosinophilic and neutrophilic chemotactic factors, leukotrines, prostaglandin and platelet activating factor. Release of these factors recruits basophils, eosinophils and neutrophils, which cause inflammatory injury. 5 Atherosclerosis is a disease of arteries (e.g., coronary, carotid, aorta and iliac). The basic lesion, the atheroma, consists of a raised focal plaque within the intima, having a core of lipid and a covering fibrous cap. Atheromas compromise arterial blood flow and weaken affected arteries. 10 Myocardial and cerebral infarcts are a major consequence of this disease. Macrophages and leukocytes are recruited to atheromas and contribute to inflammatory injury. Rheumatoid arthritis is a chronic, relapsing inflammatory disease that 15 primarily causes impairment and destruction of joints. Rheumatoid arthritis usually first affects the small joints of the hands and feet but then may involve the wrists, elbows, ankles and knees. The arthritis results from interaction of synovial cells with leukocytes that infiltrate from the circulation into the synovial lining of the joints. See e.g., Paul, 20 Immunology, 3d ed., Raven Press (1993). Another indication for the compounds of this invention is in treatment of organ or graft rejection mediated by VLA-4. Over recent years there has been a considerable improvement in the efficiency of surgical techniques for 25 transplanting tissues and organs such as skin, kidney, liver, heart, lung, pancreas and bone marrow. Perhaps the principal outstanding problem is the lack of satisfactory agents for inducing immunotolerance in the recipient to the transplanted allograft or organ. When allogeneic cells or organs are transplanted into a host (i.e., the donor and donee are different individuals 30 from the same species), the host immune system is likely to mount an WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 84 immune response to foreign antigens in the transplant (host-versus-graft disease) leading to destruction of the transplanted tissue. CD8 + cells, CD4 cells and monocytes are all involved in the rejection of transplant tissues. Compounds of this invention which bind to alpha-4 integrin are useful, inter 5 alia, to block alloantigen-induced immune responses in the donee, thereby preventing such cells from participating in the destruction of the transplanted tissue or organ. See, e.g., Paul et al., Transplant International 9: 420-425 (1996); Georczynski et al., Immunology 87: 573-580 (1996); Georcyznski et al., Transplant. Immunol. 3: 55-61 (1995); Yang et al., Transplantation 60: 10 71-76 (1996); Anderson et al., APMIS 102: 23-27 (1994). A related use for compounds of this invention which bind to VLA-4 is in modulating the immune response involved in "graft versus host" disease (GVHD). See e.g., Schlegel et al., J. Immunol. 155: 3856-3865 (1995). 15 GVHD is a potentially fatal disease that occurs when immunologically competent cells are transferred to an allogeneic recipient. In this situation, the donor's immunocompetent cells may attack tissues in the recipient. Tissues of the skin, gut epithelia and liver are frequent targets and may be destroyed during the course of GVHD. The disease presents an especially 20 severe problem when immune tissue is being transplanted, such as in bone marrow transplantation; but less severe GVHD has also been reported in other cases as well, including heart and liver transplants. The therapeutic agents of the present invention are used, inter alia, to block activation of the donor T-cells, thereby interfering with their ability to lyse target cells in the 25 host. A further use of the compounds of this invention is inhibiting tumor metastasis. Several tumor cells have been reported to express VLA-4 and compounds which bind VLA-4 block adhesion of such cells to endothelial 30 cells. Steinback et al., Urol. Res. 23: 175-83 (1995); Orosz et al., Int. J.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 85 - Cancer 60: 867-71 (1995); Freedman et al., Leuk. Lymphoma 13: 47-52 (1994); Okahara et al., Cancer Res. 54: 3233-6 (1994). A further use of the compounds of this invention is in treating multiple 5 sclerosis. Multiple sclerosis is a progressive neurological autoimmune disease that affects an estimated 250,000 to 350,000 people in the United States. Multiple sclerosis is thought to be the result of a specific autoimmune reaction in which certain leukocytes attack and initiate the destruction of myelin, the insulating sheath covering nerve fibers. In an 10 animal model for multiple sclerosis, murine monoclonal antibodies directed against VLA-4 have been shown to block the adhesion of leukocytes to the endothelium, and thus prevent inflammation of the central nervous system and subsequent paralysis in the animals 6 . 15 Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are suitable for use in a variety of drug delivery systems. Suitable formulations for use in the present invention are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mace Publishing Company, Philadelphia, PA, 17th ed. (1985). 20 In order to enhance serum half-life, the compounds may be encapsulated, introduced into the lumen of liposomes, prepared as a colloid, or other conventional techniques may be employed which provide an extended serum half-life of the compounds. A variety of methods are available for preparing liposomes, as described in, e.g., Szoka, et al., U.S. 25 Patent Nos. 4,235,871, 4,501,728 and 4,837,028, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. The amount administered to the patient will vary depending upon what is being administered, the purpose of the administration, such as prophylaxis or 30 therapy, the state of the patient, the manner of administration, and the like.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 86 - In therapeutic applications, compositions are administered to a patient already suffering from a disease in an amount sufficient to cure or at least partially arrest the symptoms of the disease and its complications. An amount adequate to accomplish this is defined as a "therapeutically effective 5 dose." Amounts effective for this use will depend on the disease condition being treated as well as by the judgment of the attending clinician depending upon factors such as the severity of the inflammation, the age, weight and general condition of the patient, and the like. 10 The compositions administered to a patient are in the form of pharmaceutical compositions described above. These compositions may be sterilized by conventional sterilization techniques, or may be sterile filtered. The resulting aqueous solutions may be packaged for use as is, or lyophilized, the lyophilized preparation being combined with a sterile 15 aqueous carrier prior to administration. The pH of the compound preparations typically will be between 3 and 11, more preferably from 5 to 9 and most preferably from 7 to 8. It will be understood that use of certain of the foregoing excipients, carriers, or stabilizers will result in the formation of pharmaceutical salts. 20 The therapeutic dosage of the compounds of the present invention will vary according to, for example, the particular use for which the treatment is made, the manner of administration of the compound, the health and condition of the patient, and the judgment of the prescribing physician. For 25 example, for intravenous administration, the dose will typically be in the range of about 20 /tg to about 500 pg per kilogram body weight, preferably about 100 pg to about 300 /g per kilogram body weight. Suitable dosage ranges for intranasal administration are generally about 0.1 pg to 1 mg per kilogram body weight. Effective doses can be extrapolated from 30 dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/1532 7 -- 87 - The following synthetic and biological examples are offered to illustrate this invention and are not to be construed in any way as limiting the scope of this invention. Unless otherwise stated, all temperatures are in degrees Celsius. 5 EXAMPLES In the examples below, the following abbreviations have the following meanings. If an abbreviation is not defined, it has its generally accepted meaning. 10 aq or aq. = aqueous AcOH = acetic acid bd = broad doublet bm = broad multiplet bs = broad singlet 15 Bn = benzyl Boc = N-tert-butoxylcarbonyl Boc 2 0 = di-tert-butyl dicarbonate BOP = benzotriazol-1-yloxy tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium 20 hexafluorophosphate Cbz = carbobenzyloxy CHCl 3 = chloroform
CH
2 C1 2 = dichloromethane (COC1) 2 = oxalyl chloride 25 d = doublet dd = doublet of doublets dt = doublet of triplets DBU = 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene DCC = 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide 30 DMAP = 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine DME = ethylene glycol dimethyl ether DMF = N,N-dimethylformamide DMSO = dimethylsulfoxide EDC = 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3 35 ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride Et 3 N = triethylamine Et 2 0 = diethyl ether EtOAc = ethyl acetate EtOH = ethanol 40 eq or eq. = equivalent Fmoc = N-(9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl) WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/1532 7 -- 88 - FmocONSu = N-(9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl) succinimide g = grams h = hour 5 H20 = water HBr = hydrobromic acid HCI = hydrochloric acid HOBT = 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate hr = hour 10
K
2
CO
3 = potassium carbonate L = liter m = multiplet MeOH = methanol mg = milligram 15 MgSO 4 - magnesium sulfate mL = milliliter mm = millimeter mM = millimolar mmol = millimol 20 mp = melting point N = normal NaCl = sodium chloride Na 2
CO
3 = sodium carbonate NaHCO 3 = sodium bicarbonate 25 NaOEt = sodium ethoxide NaOH = sodium hydroxide
NH
4 C1 = ammonium chloride NMM = N-methylmorpholine Phe = L-phenylalanine 30 Pro = L-proline psi = pounds per square inch PtO 2 = platinum oxide q = quartet q.s. = quantity sufficient 35 quint. = quintet rt = room temperature s = singlet sat = saturated t = triplet 40 t-BuOH = tert-butanol TFA = trifluoroacetic acid THF = tetrahydrofuran TLC or tlc = thin layer chromatography Ts = tosyl 45 TsCl = tosyl chloride WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 89 - TsOH = tosylate L = microliter In the examples below, all temperatures are in degrees Celcius (unless 5 otherwise indicated). The following Methods were used to prepare the compounds set forth below as indicated. Method 1 N-Tosylation Procedure 10 N-Tosylation of the appropriate amino acid was conducted via the method of Cupps, Boutin and Rapoport, J. Org. Chem., 1985, .5: 3972. Method 2 15 Methyl Ester Preparation Procedure Amino acid methyl esters were prepared using the method of Brenner and Huber, Helv. Chim. Acta, 1953, 36: 1109. 20 Method 3 BOP Coupling Procedure The desired dipeptide ester was prepared by the reaction of a suitable N protected amino acid (1 equivalent) with the appropriate amino acid ester or 25 amino acid ester hydrochloride (1 equivalent), benzotriazol-1-yloxy tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate [BOP] (2.0 equivalent), triethylamine (1.1 equivalent), and DMF. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography to afford the dipeptide ester. 30 Method 4 Hydrogenation Procedure I Hydrogenation was performed using 10% palladium on carbon (10% by 35 weight) in methanol at 30 psi overnight. The mixture was filtered through a WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 90 pad of Celite and the filtrate concentrated to yield the desired amino compound. Method 5 5 Hydrolysis Procedure I To a chilled (0OC) THF/H 2 0 solution (2:1, 5 - 10 mL) of the appropriate ester was added LiOH (or NaOH) (0.95 equivalents). The temperature was maintained at 0oC and the reaction was complete in 1-3 10 hours. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the aqueous phase was lyophilized resulting in the desired carboxylate salt. Method 6 Ester Hydrolysis Procedure II 15 To a chilled (0OC) THF/H 2 0 solution (2:1, 5 - 10 mL) of the appropriate ester was added LiOH (1.1 equivalents). The temperature was maintained at 0 0 C and the reaction was complete in 1-3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was taken up into RO120 and the pH 20 adjusted to 2-3 with aqueous HC1. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated to yield the desired acid. Method 7 25 Ester Hydrolysis Procedure III The appropriate ester was dissolved in dioxane/H 2 0 (1:1) and 0.9 equivalents of 0.5 N NaOH was added. The reaction was stirred for 3-16 hours and then concentrated. The resulting residue was dissolved in 1120 30 and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was lyophilized to yield the desired carboxylate sodium salt.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 91 - Method 8 Sulfonylation Procedure I To the appropriately protected aminophenylalanine analog (11.2 mmol), 5 dissolved in methylene chloride (25ml) and cooled to -78'C, was added the desired sulfonyl chloride (12 mmol) followed by dropwise addition of pyridine (2 mL). The solution was allowed to warm to room temperature and was stirred for 48 hr. The reaction solution was transferred to a 250 mL separatory funnel with methylene chloride (100 mL) and extracted with 1N 10 HCI (50 mL x 3), brine (50 mL), and water (100 mL). The organic phase was dried (MgSO 4 ) and the solvent concentrated to yield the desired product. Method 9 Reductive Amination Procedure 15 Reductive amination of Tos-Pro-p-NIF-Phe with the appropriate aldehyde was conducted using acetic acid, sodium triacetoxyborohydride and methylene chloride, and the combined mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The crude product was purified by flash 20 chromatography. Method 10 BOC Removal Procedure 25 Anhydrous hydrochloride (HC1) gas was bubbled through a methanolic solution of the appropriate Boc-amino acid ester at 00C for 15 minutes and the reaction mixture was stirred for three hours. The solution was concentrated to a syrup and dissolved in Et 2 O and reconcentrated. This procedure was repeated and the resulting solid was placed under high 30 vacuum overnight.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/1532 7 -- 92 - Method 11 Tert-Butyl Ester Hydrolysis Procedure I The tert-butyl ester was dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 and treated with TFA. The 5 reaction was complete in 1-3 hr, at which time the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue dissolved in H 2 0 and lyophilized to yield the desired acid. Method 12 10 DC Coupling Procedure I To a CH 2
C
2 solution (5-20 mL) of N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-proline (1 equivalent), the appropriate amino acid ester hydrochloride (1 equivalent), N-methylmorpholine (1.1-2.2 equivalents) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (2 15 equivalents) were added and mixed, placed in an ice bath and 1-(3 dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethyl carbodiimide (1.1 equivalents) added. The reaction was allowed to rise to room temperature and was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into H20 and the organic phase was washed with sat. NaHCO 3 and brine, dried (MgSO 4 or Na 2
SO
4 ), filtered and 20 concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography. Method 13 EDC Coupling Procedure II 25 To a DMF solution (5-20 mL) of the appropriate N-protected amino acid (1 equivalent), the appropriate amino acid ester hydrochloride (1 equivalent), Et 3 N (1.1 equivalents) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (2 equivalents) were added and mixed, placed in an ice bath and 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3 ethyl carbodiimide (1.1 equivalents) added. The reaction was allowed to rise 30 to room temperature and was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and H20 and the organic phase washed with 0.2 N citric acid, H20, sat. NaHCO 3 and brine, dried (MgSO 4 or Na 2
SO
4
),
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 93 filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography or preparative TLC. Method 14 5 Sulfonylation Procedure II The appropriate sulfonyl chloride was dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 and placed in an ice bath. L-Pro-L-Phe-OMe * HCI (1 equivalent) and Et 3 N (1.1 equivalent) was added and the reaction allowed to warm to room temperature 10 and stirred overnight under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue partitioned between EtOAc and H 2 0, and the organic phase was washed with sat. NaHCO3 and brine, dried (MgSO 4 or Na 2
SO
4 ), filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography or preparative TLC. 15 Method 15 Sulfonylation Procedure III To a solution of L-Pro-L-4-(3-dimethylaminopropyloxy)-Phe-OMe (1 20 equivalent) [prepared using the procedure described in Method 10] in CH 2 Cl 2 was added Et 3 N (5 equivalents) followed by the appropriate sulfonyl chloride (1.1 equivalent). The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The mixture was concentrated, dissolved in EtOAc, washed with sat. NaHCO 3 and 0.2 N 25 citric acid. The aqueous phase was made basic with solid NaHCO3 and the product extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried (MgSO 4 or Na 2
SO
4 ), filtered and concentrated. The crude methyl ester was purified by preparative TLC. The corresponding acid was prepared using the procedure described in Method 7. 30 WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 94 - Method 16 Hydrogenation Procedure II To a methanol (10 -15 mL) solution of the azlactone was added NaOAc 5 (1 equivalent) and 10% Pd/C. This mixture was placed on the hydrogenator at 40 psi H2. After 8 - 16 hours, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and the filtrate concentrated to yield the dehydrodipeptide methyl ester. The ester was dissolved in dioxane/H 2 0 (5- 10 mL), to which was added 0.5 N NaOH (1.05 equivalents). After stirring for 1- 3 hours, the 10 reaction mix was concentrated and the residue was redissolved in H 2 0 and washed with EtOAc. The aqueous phase was made acidic with 0.2 N HCI and the product was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase was washed with brine (1 x 5 mL), dried (MgSO 4 or Na 2
SO
4 ), filtered and concentrated to yield the acid as approximately a 1:1 mixture of 15 diastereomers. Method 17 Tert-Butyl Ester Hydrolysis Procedure II 20 The tert-butyl ester was dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 (5 mL) and treated with TFA (5 mL). The reaction was complete in 1-3 hours, at which time the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue dissolved in H20 and concentrated. The residue was redissolved in H20 and lyophilized to yield the desired product. 25 Example 1 Synthesis of N-(Methanesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 30 Boc-L-Pro-OH and L-Phe-OBn * Hcl were treated with BOP and NMM in DMF to give, after aqueous workup and flash chromatography, Boc-L Pro-L-Phe-OBn. This product was then treated with TFA and anisole, and the mixture was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in Et 2 O and washed with saturated aqueuos NaHCO 3 and saturated aqueous NaC1. The Et 2 0 WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 95 layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered, and the solvent evaporated to give L-Pro-L-Phe-OBn. The residue was treated with CH 3
SO
2 C1 and Et 3 N in CH 2 Cl 2 to give, after aqueous workup and flash chromatography, N
(CH
3
SO
2 )-L-Pro-L-Phe-OBn. This product was then treated with 10% Pd on 5 C in THF, and the mixture was shaken under 50 psi H2. The mixture was filtered through Celite, and evaporated to give the title compound as a clear oil. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 8 = 7.93 (d, J = 8.2, 1H), 7.27-7.13 10 (min, 5H), 4.51-4.45 (min, 1H), 4.15 (dd, J = 8.7, J=2.6, 1H), 3.59 (t, J = 6.1, 1H), 3.30-3.25 (min, 2H), 3.10 (dd, J = 13.7, J=4.9, 1H), 2.96 (dd, J = 13.7, J = 9.1, 1H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.03-1.93 (min, 1H), 1.77-1.54 (min, 3H). 13 C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 8 = 172.6, 171.1, 137.4, 129.2, 128.1, 126.4, 61.2, 53.0, 48.6, 36.5, 35.2, 30.6, 24.0. 15 Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 341 (MH+). Example 2 Synthesis of N-(a-Toluenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 20 Substitution of PhCH 2
SO
2 C1 for CH 3
SO
2 C1, and following the methods for preparation of Example 1 (9), gave the title compound as a clear oil. NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 8 = 8.01 (d, J = 8.2, 1H), 7.39-7.20 25 (min, 5H), 7.18-7.13 (min, 5H), 4.53-4.46 (min, 1H), 4.42 (d, J = 13.5, 1H), 4.35 (d, J = 13.5, 1H), 4.20-4.17 (min, 1H), 3.31-3.18 (min, 3H), 3.09 (dd, J = 13.9, J = 4.8, 1H), 2.96 (dd, J = 13.8, J = 8.9, 1H), 2.03-1.95 (inm, 1H), 1.79-1.58 (min, 3H).
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 96 - 13 C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 6 = 172.6, 171.5, 137.6, 131.0, 129.3, 129.0, 128.9, 128.1, 128.0, 126.3, 61.5, 53.3, 48.8, 36.5, 30.8, 30.6, 24.0. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 417 (MH+). 5 Example 3 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 10 Substitution of 4-CH 3
(C
6
H
4
)SO
2 CI for CH 3
SO
2 C1, and following the methods for preparation of Example 1 (9), gave the title compound as a clear oil. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 6 = 8.07 (d, J = 8.0, 1H), 7.68 (d, 15 J = 8.2, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.1, 2H), 7.29-7.15 (m, 5H), 4.52-4.44 (m, 1H), 4.10-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.12-3.06 (m, 2H), 2.98 (dd, J = 13.7, J = 8.7, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.57-1.36 (m, 4H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 6 = 172.6, 170.8, 143.6, 137.4, 133.8, 129.8, 129.3, 128.1, 127.5, 126.4, 61.3, 53.2, 49.0, 36.6, 30.4, 20 23.7, 21.0. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, glycerol/trifluoroacetic acid) 417 (MH+). Example 4 Synthesis of 25 N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-(N-methyl)phenylalanine N-Methyl-L-Phe-OH was treated with benzyl alcohol and 4-methylphenylsulfonic acid to give N-Methyl-L-Phe-OBnTsOH. Substitution of L-Pro-OH for D-Pro-OH, and substitution of N-Methyl-Phe 30 OBn * TsOH for L-Phe-OBn * TsOH, and following the methods for preparation of Example 6 (17), gave the title compound as a clear oil. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 6 = 7.60 (d, J = 8.2, 2H), 7.34 (d, WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 97- J = 8.2, 2H), 7.27-7.16 (m, 5H), 4.97-4.92 (m, 1H), 4.64-4.61 (m, 1H), 3.33 (bs, 1H), 3.25-3.12 (m, 3H), 3.04 (dd, J = 10.5, J = 14.6, 1H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.86-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.50 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 6 = 171.9, 171.1, 143.0, 137.9, 5 135.6, 129.6, 128.7, 128.2, 127.2, 126.3, 58.6, 48.0, 33.4, 33.0, 30.4, 29.6, 23.9, 21.0. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 431 (MH +). Example 5 10 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-pipecolinyl-L-phenylalanine Substitution of L-pipecolinic acid for D-Pro-OH, and following the methods for preparation of Example 6 (17), gave the title compound as a 15 clear oil. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 6 = 8.09 (d, J = 8.0, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.2, 2H), 7.34-7.21 (m, 5H), 7.17 (d, J = 8.2, 2H), 4.44 (d, J = 4.8, 1H), 4.32-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.33 (bs, 1H), 3.17-3.11 (m, 20 1H), 3.07 (dd, J = 13.8, J = 4.5, 1H), 2.89 (dd, J = 13.8, J = 9.9, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.88 (bd, J=12.9, 1H), 1.40-1.30 (m, 3H), 1.08-1.05 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 6 = 172.8, 169.8, 142.7, 137.7, 136.6, 129.4, 129.2, 128.2, 126.8, 126.5, 54.1, 53.4, 42.4, 36.3, 30.4, 25 26.7, 23.5, 21.0. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 431 (MH+). Example 6 Synthesis of 30 N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-D-prolyl-L-phenylalanine D-Pro-OH was treated with TsCl and NaOH in H20 to give, after acidification, extraction, drying over anhydrous MgSO 4 , and evaporation, N- WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 98 - (Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-D-Pro-OH. This product was treated with H-Phe OBn * Hcl, BOP, and NMM in DMF to give, after aqueous workup and flash chromatography, N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-D-Pro-Phe-OBn. This product was treated with 10% Pd on C in THF, and the mixture was shaken under 50 5 psi H2. The mixture was filtered through celite and evaporated to give the title compound as a clear oil. NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 6 = 8.10 (d, J = 8.4, 1H), 7.70 (d, J = 8.2, 2H), 7.40 (d, J = 8.2, 2H), 7.28-7.15 (min, 5H), 4.51-4.44 (inm, 10 1H), 4.13 (t, J=5.7, 1H), 3.33-3.25 (min, 2H), 3.11-3.03 (min, 2H), 2.94 (dd, J = 13.8, J = 9.0, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.66-1.57 (min, 1H), 1.50-1.37 (inm, 3H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 6 = 172.6, 170.8, 143.5, 137.3, 134.1, 129.8, 129.3, 128.1, 127.4, 126.4, 61.3, 53.0, 48.9, 36.8, 30.4, 15 23.8, 21.0. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 417 (MH+). Example 7 Synthesis of 20 N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(trans-4-hydroxy)-prolyl-L-phenylalanine Substitution of trans-4-hydroxy-L-proline for D-Pro-OH, and following the methods for preparation of Example 6 (17), gave the title compound as a clear oil. 25 NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 8 = 8.25 (d, J = 8.1, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 8.2, 2H), 7.36 (d, J = 8.2, 2H), 7.30-7.15 (min, 5H), 4.81 (bs, 1H), 4.47-4.40 (min, 1H), 4.15-4.10 (min, 2H), 3.44 (dd, J = 10.3, J = 4.8, 1H), 3.35 (bs, 1H), 3.09-2.91 (min, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 1.72-1.64 (min, 2H).
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 99 - 13C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 6 = 172.6, 171.0, 143.1, 137.4, 134.1, 129.5, 129.3, 128.1, 127.7, 126.4, 68.1, 60.3, 56.1, 53.4, 36.7, 30.4, 21.0. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 433 (MH+). 5 Example 8 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(azetidine-2-carbonyl)-L-phenylalanine 10 Substitution of (S)-2-azetidinecarboxylic acid for D-Pro-OH, and following the methods for preparation of Example 6 (17), gave the title compound as a clear oil. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 8 = 8.12 (d, J = 8.0, 1H), 7.69 (d, 15 J = 8.2, 2H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.2, 2H), 7.31-7.13 (m, 5H), 4.54-4.47 (m, 1H), 4.23 (t, J = 8.3, 1H), 3.67-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.47 (q, J = 8.4, 1H), 3.33 (bs, 1H), 3.10 (dd, J = 13.7, J = 5.2, 1H), 2.98 (dd, J = 13.6, J = 7.9, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.03-1.87 (m, 2H). 1 3 C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 6 = 172.3, 168.7, 144.3, 137.1, 20 130.9, 130.0, 129.4, 128.3, 128.2, 126.6, 61.8, 53.1, 47.9, 36.7, 21.1, 19.6. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 403 (MH+). Example 9 25 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-D,L-homophenylalanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-proline (250 mg, 0.92 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (20 mL) with D,L-homophenylalanine methyl ester (166 mg, 1.1 eq), 30 Et 3 N (2.1 eq, 283 AL), and BOP (1.1 eq, 410 mg). The dipeptide was isolated in 73% yield (300 mg, 0.67 mmol) as an oil. The ester (300 mg, 0.67 mmol) was then hydrolyzed in a 1:1 MeOH:H 2 0 (5 mL) solution with WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 100 - NaOH (1.1 eq, 28 mg). The acid was isolated as a foam in 60% yield (175 mg, 0.40 mmol). NMR data was as follows: IH NMR (300 MHz, CD 3 OD): 6 = 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.03 5 (m, 5H), 4.23-3.87 (m, 2H), 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.29 (m, 1H), 2.58 (m, 2H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.02-1.38 (m, 7H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CD 3 OD): 6 = 175.53, 175.17, 146.49, 146.19, 142.93, 135.91, 135.04, 131.72, 130.28, 129.61, 129.49, 129.21, 127.70, 64.39, 63.59, 53.76, 53.52, 51.55, 51.17, 35.15, 33.42, 32.74, 32.60, 10 32.48, 26.28, 26.20, 22.14. Mass Spectroscopy: (FAB) 431 (M+H). Example 10 Synthesis of 15 N-(4-Chlorobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine Substitution of 4-chlorophenyl-SO 2 C1 for CH 3
SO
2 C1, and following the methods for the preparation of Example 1 (9), gave the title compound as a solid, mp = 69-71oC. 20 NMR data was as follows: IH NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): 8 = 7.77 (m, 2H), 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.31 (m, 5H), 4.72 (m, 1H), 4.04 (m, 1H), 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 2H), 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.54 (m, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CD 3 OD): 8 = 174.67, 174.41, 141.23, 138.81, 25 137.55, 135.02, 131.18, 130.04, 129.45, 128.45, 63.75, 55.48, 38.79, 32.32, 25.87 (lC buried under solvent peak). Mass Spectroscopy: (FAB) 437 (M+H).
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 101 - Example 11 Synthesis of N-(1-Naphthalenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 5 Substitution of 1-naphthyl-SO 2 Cl for CH 3
SO
2 C1, and following the methods for preparation of Example 1 (9), gave the title compound as a clear oil. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 6 = 8.73-8.70 (m, 1H), 8.24 (d, J = 10 8.2, 1H), 8.12-8.06 (m, 2H), 7.69-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.13 (m, 7H), 4.40 4.33 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.23 (m, 3H), 3.03 (dd, J = 14.0, J = 5.2, 1H), 2.88 (dd, J = 13.7, J = 8.8, 1H), 1.79-1.15 (m, 4H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 6 = 172.6, 170.9, 137.4, 134.3, 134.0, 133.6, 129.2, 129.1, 129.0, 128.23, 128.18, 128.1, 126.9, 126.4, 15 124.7, 124.6, 60.6, 53.4, 48.7, 36.5, 30.8, 24.0. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 475 (Mna+). Example 12 Synthesis of 20 N-(2-Naphthalenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine Substitution of 2-naphthyl-SO 2 CI for CH 3
SO
2 C1, and following the methods for preparation of Example 1 (9), gave the title compound as a clear oil. 25 NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 5 = 8.18-8.03 (m, 4H), 7.82 (dd, J = 8.7, J = 1.8, 1H), 7.74-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.15 (m, 6H), 4.53-4.46 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.21 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.27 (m, 3H), 3.10 (dd, J = 13.8, J = 5.1, 1H), 2.99 (dd, J = 13.7, J = 8.8, 1H), 1.56-1.36 (m, 4H).
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 102 - 13C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 5 = 172.6, 170.8, 137.4, 134.4, 133.9, 131.8, 129.4, 129.3, 129.0, 128.7, 128.1, 127.8, 127.6, 127.4, 122.8, 61.4, 53.2, 49.1, 36.6, 30.4, 23.8. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 475 (Mna+). 5 Example 13 Synthesis of N-(4-Methoxybenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 10 Substitution of 4-methoxyphenyl-SO 2 CI for CH 3
SO
2 C1, and following the methods for the preparation of Example 1 (9), gave the title compound as a solid. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ): 8 = 7.77 (m, 2H), 7.31 (m, 5H), 7.01 15 (m, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 2H), 1.96 (m, 1H), 1.54 (m, 3H).
"
3 C NMR (75 MHz, CD 3 OD): 6 = 174.69, 174.54, 165.63, 136.75, 131.69, 131.07, 130.02, 128.45, 116.13, 63.84, 56.83, 55.35, 51.09, 38.81, 32.15, 26.63. 20 Mass Spectroscopy: (FAB) 433 (M+H). Example 14 Synthesis of N-(4-tert-Butylbenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 25 Substitution of 4-tert-butylphenyl-SO 2 C1 for CH 3
SO
2 CI, and following the methods for preparation of Example 1 (9), gave the title compound as a solid. NMR data was as follows: 30 'H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): 8 = 7.75 (d, 2H, J = 8.52 Hz), 7.55 (d, 2H, J = 8.43 Hz), 7.29 (m, 5H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 3.30 (m, 3H), 3.10 (m, 3H), 1.95 (m, 1H), 1.56 (m, 2H), 1.34 (s, 9H).
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 103 - 13C NMR (75 MHz, CD 3 OD): 6 = 174.81, 174.47, 159.01, 138.79, 135.59, 131.09, 130.02, 129.45, 128.43, 128.05, 63.83, 55.46, 51.09, 38.84, 36.66, 32.20, 31.99, 25.83. Mass Spectroscopy: (FAB) 459 (M+H). 5 Example 15 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(trans-4-fluoro)-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 10 The product from Example 49 (176) was treated with 10% Pd on C in THF and the mixture was shaken under 50 psi H2. The mixture was filtered through celite and evaporated to give the title compound as a clear oil. NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 6 = 8.43 (d, J = 8.1, 1H), 7.66 (d, 15 J = 8.3, 2H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.3, 2H), 7.29-7.13 (min, 5H), 5.10 (bd, J = 53.3, 1H), 4.49-4.42 (min, 1H), 4.19 (t, J = 8.3, 1H), 3.63-3.46 (min, 2H), 3.34 (bs, 1H), 3.06 (dd, J = 13.7, J=5.4, 1H), 2.95 (dd, J = 13.7, J = 8.3, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.25-2.12 (min, 1H), 1.94-1.72 (min, 1H). 13 C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 6 = 172.5, 170.4, 143.4, 137.4, 20 134.2, 129.5, 129.4, 128.1, 127.6, 126.5, 92.0 (d, J= 177 Hz), 59.9, 55.1, 53.4, 37.6 (d, J=21 Hz), 36.8, 21.0. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 435 (MH+). Example 16 25 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(cis-4-fluoro)-prolyl-L-phenylalanine The product from Example 50 (177) was treated with 10% Pd on C in THF and was shaken under 50 psi H 2 . The mixture was filtered through 30 celite and evaporated to give the title compound as a clear oil.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 104 - NMR data was as follows: 1 H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 6 = 7.78 (d, J = 7.7, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 8.2, 2H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.2, 2H), 7.29-7.13 (m, 5H), 5.10 (dt, Jd = 52.9, Jt = 3.5, 1H), 4.53-4.46 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.27 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.28 (m, 3H), 5 3.06-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.18 (dd, J = 19.8, J = 15.2, 1H), 1.93 1.70 (m, 1H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 6 = 172.1, 169.7, 144.1, 136.8, 132.8, 130.0, 129.3, 128.1, 127.7, 126.6, 92.0 (d, J=176 Hz), 60.5, 55.1 (d, J=23.5), 53.2, 36.9, 36.2, 21.0. 10 Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 435 (MH+). Example 17 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(5,5-dimethyl)-thiaprolyl-L-phenylalanine 15 N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(5,5-dimethyl)-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared from L-(5,5-dimethyl)-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid using the procedure described in Method 1. The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described for Example 1 (9) to provide for a solid 20 having amp = 79-81oC. NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz): 6 = .98 (s, 3H), 1.08 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 3.04-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.88 (s, 1H), 4.38 (d, 1H, J = 10.3 Hz), 4.52 (d, 1H, J = 10.2 Hz), 4.90 (m, 1H), 7.09 (bd, 1H), 7.15-7.37 (m, 7H), 7.73 25 (d, 2H, J = 8.2 Hz). 13C NMR (CDC13, 75 MHz): 8 = 22.3, 24.3, 29.6, 38.3, 51.2, 54.1, 55.3, 73.9, 127.7, 128.7, 129.2, 130.1, 130.7, 133.0, 136.5, 145.6, 169.9, 174.5. Mass Spectroscopy: (FAB+) 463 (M + H). 30 WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 105 - Example 18 Synthesis of N-(2-Methoxycarbonylbenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 5 The title compound was prepared from the product of Example 53 using the procedure described in Method 4, yielding a yellow solid, mp = 163 165 oC. NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz): 8 = 8.74 (bs, 1H); 7.93 (d, 1H, J = 10 7.57 Hz); 7.70 (d, 1H, J = 8.12 Hz); 7.57 & 7.25 (M, 8H); 4.69 (min, 1H); 4.39 (d, 1H, J = 7.69 Hz); 3.93 (s, 3H); 3.44 (min, 1H); 3.29 (min, 2H); 2.93 (min, 1H); 1.88, 1.62 & 1.17 (min, 4H). 13C NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz): 8 = 175.67, 172.45, 169.27, 137.19, 135.39, 134.12, 133.67, 131.42, 130.55, 129.77, 129.52, 129.09, 127.52, 15 62.19, 54.08, 49.34, 37.58, 31.48, 30.89, 24.21. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB) 461 (M + H) 483 (M + Na). Example 19 Synthesis of 20 N-(2-Carboxybenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine The product of Example 18 (56) (1.8 mmoles) was mixed with dioxane (25 mL) and 1N NaOH (1.8 mmoles) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. 1N HCI (1.8 mmoles) was added and the water 25 and dioxane were removed under reduced pressure. The product was extracted with 0.2 N NaOH (50 mL) and EtOAc (2 x 50 mL) and the recovered organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated to yield a colorless oil. NMR data was as follows: 30 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): 8 = 11.15 (bs, 2H); 7.95, 7.57, & 7.21 (min, 9H); 4.74 (min, 1H); 4.53 (min, 1H); 3.44 (min, 1H); 3.28 (min, 2H); 2.91 (inm, 1H); 1.89 (M, 2H); 1.60 (min, 1H); 1.06 (min, 1H).
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 106 - 13C NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz): 8 = 175.75, 173.60, 171.31, 136.81, 135.18, 133.72, 131.58, 130.81, 129.70, 129.18, 127.66, 67.52, 61.99, 53.95, 49.36, 45.09, 37.40, 24.19, 21.66. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB) 447 (M+H). 5 Example 20 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-thiaprolyl-L-phenylalanine 10 N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared from L-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid using the procedure described in Method 1. The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described for Example 1 (9) as a solid, mp = 60-65°C. NMR data was as follows: 15 1H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz): 8 = 2.43 (s, 5H), 3.0-3.40 (m, 3H), 4.0 (d, 1H, J = 15.7 Hz), 4.55 (d, 1H, J = 15.8 Hz), 4.64 (m, 1H), 4.87 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.41 (m, 7H), 7.72 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (CDC1 3 , 75 MHz): 6 = 22.3, 33.6, 37.7, 52.0, 53.0, 65.8, 127.8, 128.5, 129.4, 129.9, 130.7, 133.9, 136.2, 145.7, 169.4, 175.0. 20 Mass Spectroscopy: (FAB+) 435 (M +H). Example 21 Synthesis of N-(3,5-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 25 Proline methyl ester hydrochloride (2.68 g, 16.2 mmol) was dissolved in pyridine (20 mL) and 3,5-dichlorophenylsulfonyl chloride (3.57 g, 14.6 mmol) was added to the mixture and stirred for 19 hr. Water (5 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 45 minutes before diluting with water 30 (200 mL). The mixture was extracted with Et 2 O (2 x 150 mL) and the combined extracts were washed with water (3 x 100 mL), 1N HC1 (150 mL) and saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 (150 mL), then dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give 3,5-dichlorophenylsulfonylproline methyl ester WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 107 as an oil (4.34 g, 88%). The methyl ester was dissolved in MeOH (20 mL) and 1N NaOH (20 mL) was added. The mixture was gently warmed until homogeneous and then stirred for 1.5 hr. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue taken up in water (50 mL). The aqueous solution was 5 washed with Et 2 0 (30 mL) and then made acidic with 12 N HC1. The mixture was extracted with CHC13 (2 x 40 mL) and the combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered and the solvent evaporated in vacuo to give 3,5-dichlorophenylsulfonyl-L-proline as a solid (3.37 g, 83%). 3,5-Dichlorophenylsulfonyl-L-proline was coupled to L-phenylalanine ethyl 10 ester using the procedure described in Method 3 above to give the corresponding dipeptide ethyl ester (348 mg, 45%). The title compound was prepared via hydrolysis of the ethyl ester using NaOH in MeOH (61 mg, 19%). NMR analysis indicated that diastereomers were present. NMR data was as follows: 15 'H NMR (CDCl 3 ): 8 = 8.11 (bs, 1H), 7.72 (d, 2H, J = 1.9 Hz), 7.61 (q, 1H, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.39-7.20 (6H), 4.92 (min, 1H), 4.15 (min, 1H), 3.52 3.09 (4H), 2.11 (min, 1H), 1.95-1.49 (3H). 13C NMR (CDC13): 8 = 175.4, 175.2, 171.8, 171.7, 139.5, 139.3, 137.0, 136.6, 135.8, 134.0, 134.0, 129.9, 129.5, 127.7, 126.7, 111.4, 20 63.1, 62.9, 53.8, 53.6, 50.5, 50.3, 45.1, 37.9, 31.3, 30.8, 24.8, 24.6. Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 471 (M+H). Example 22 Synthesis of 25 N-(4-Trifluoromethoxybenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine The title compound was prepared as described in Example 21 (59) except 4-trifluoromethoxyphenylsulfonyl chloride was used in place of 3,5 dichlorophenylsulfonyl chloride.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 108 - NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (CDCl 3 ): 8 = 7.90 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.38-7.21 (8H), 6.90 (bs, 1H), 4.90 (min, 1H), 4.15 (dd, 1H, J = 2.5, 8.4 Hz), 3.38 (min, 2H), 3.12 (min, 2H), 1.98 (min, 1H), 1.55 (2H), 1.41 (min, 1H). 5 13C NMR (CDC13): 8 = 174.9, 172.0, 153.3, 136.6, 134.9, 130.6, 129.9, 129.2, 127.7, 121.7, 62.8, 53.8, 50.2, 37.9, 30.6, 24.6. Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 487 (M +H). Example 23 10 Synthesis of N-(3,4-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine The title compound was prepared as in Example 21 (59) except 3,4 dichlorophenylsulfonyl chloride was used in place of 3,5 15 dichlorophenylsulfonyl chloride. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (CDC1 3 ): 8 = 7.94 (d, 1H, J = 1.9 Hz), 7.64 (min, 2H), 7.55 (bs, 1H), 7.36-7.21 (6H), 4.92 (dt, 1H, J = 5.2, 8.0 Hz), 4.16 (m, 1H), 3.36 (min, 2H), 3.11 (min, 1H), 1.98 (min, 1H), 1.58 (min, 2H), 1.40 (min, 1H). 20 13C NMR (CDC 3 ): 8 = 175.0, 171.8, 139.5, 136.4, 134.7, 132.1, 130.2, 129.9, 129.2, 127.7, 127.4, 62.9, 53.8, 50.3, 37.9, 30.7, 24.6. Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 471 (M+H). Example 24 25 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-D,L-(trans-3-phenyl)prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-trans-3-phenylproline (prepared via the method of Chung et al., J. Org. Chem., 55: 270-275 (1990)) was coupled to 30 L-phenylalanine ethyl ester using the procedure described in Method 3 and purified by silica gel flash chromatography (93/7 CH 2
C
2 /MeOH) to give the ethyl ester of the title compound as a white solid. The acid was prepared via hydrolysis of the ethyl ester using NaOH in ethanol.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 109 - NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 d 8.38 (m,1H), 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.06 (10H), 6.80 (m, 1H), 6.62 (m, 1H), 4.50 (m, 1H11), 4.13 (d, 0.5H, J = 5.2 Hz), 3.97 (d, 0.5H, J = 5.5 Hz), 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.02 (m, 3H), 2.43 (s, 1/2 X 5 3H), 2.42 (s, 1/2 X 3H), 2.07 (m, 1H), 1.45 (m, 1H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d 6 ): 8 = 172.9, 172.8, 170.7, 170.7, 144.1, 143.9, 141.4, 141.3, 138.0, 137.7, 134.9, 134.6, 130.2, 130.1, 129.8, 129.6, 128.7, 128.6, 128.5, 127.8. 127.7, 127.2, 127.1, 126.9, 126.8, 126.7, 79.6, 67.9, 53.6, 53.5, 49.7, 49.5, 49.5, 49.1, 37.2, 37.1, 32.5, 32.3, 10 21.4. Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 493 (M + H). Example 25 Synthesis of 15 N-(3,4-Dimethoxybenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine The title compound was prepared as in Example 21 (59) except that 3,4 dimethoxyphenylsulfonyl chloride was used in place of the 3,5 dichlorophenylsulfonyl chloride. NMR analysis indicated that epimerization 20 had occurred to give a ca. 65:35 mixture of diastereomers. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (CDC1 3 ): 8 = 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.20 (6H), 6.97 (dd, 1H, J = 4.5, 8.4 Hz), 4.85 (m, 1H), 4.10 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 0.35 X 3H), 3.95 (s, 0.65 X 3H), 3.93 (s, 0.35 X 3H), 3.92 (s, 0.65 X 3H), 3.44-3.22 (2H), 3.11 25 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.33 (3H). 13C NMR (CDC13): 6 = 175.1, 174.7, 172.5, 172.3, 153.7, 149.8, 136.6, 135.9, 130.2, 129.9, 129.4, 129.1, 128.0, 128.0, 127.9, 127.7, 122.4, 111.4, 110.7, 63.2, 62.8, 57.0, 56.8, 53.8, 53.6, 50.3, 50.2, 38.0, 31.1, 30.5, 24.8, 24.7. 30 Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 463 (M+H).
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 110 - Example 26 Synthesis of N-(Benzene-4-sulfonyl)-D,L-(cis-3-phenyl)prolyl-L-phenylalanine 5 N-Acetyl-cis-3-phenylproline ethyl ester (614mg, 2.35 mmol) (prepared via the method of Chung, et al., J. Org. Chem.55: 270-275 (1990)) was dissolved in HOAc (4 mL) and 6N HCI (12 mL) and heated at reflux for 18 hr. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and the volatiles were evaporated in vacuo to give a white solid. The solid was dissolved in 1N 10 NaOH (15 mL) and dioxane was added (10 mL), followed by 4-toluene sulfonyl chloride (458 mg, 2.40 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temp for 18 hr before addition of 6N HCI to bring the pH < 4. The mixture was extracted with Et 2 0 (3 X 40 mL) and the extracts were dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and evaporated in vacuo to give N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-cis-3 15 phenylproline as a white solid (765 mg, 94%). N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-cis-3-phenylproline was coupled to phenylalanine ethyl ester using the procedure described in Method 3. The title compound was prepared via hydrolysis of the ethyl ester using NaOH in ethanol. 20 NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (CDCl 3 ): 8 = 8.57 (bs, 1H), 7.77 (min, 2H), 7.31-6.70 (12H), 4.65 (min, 0.5H), 4.47 (min, 0.5H), 4.41 (d, 0.5H, J = 8.9 Hz), 4.34 (d, 0.5H, J = 9.0 Hz). 3.73, (min, 1H11), 3.28-2.76 (4H11), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.40 (min, 0.5H), 2.17 (min, 0.5H), 1.8 (min, 1H). 25 13C NMR (CDC13): 6 = 174.5, 173.9, 169.5, 168.8, 144.3, 136.1, 135.8, 135.6, 135.3, 133.4, 133.1, 129.9, 129.6, 129.4, 128.6, 128.6, 128.3, 127.8, 127.7, 127.5, 127.1, 127.0, 65.9, 65.8, 53.6, 52.5, 48.5, 48.3, 48.2, 37.5, 37.3, 39.0, 28.6, 21.6. Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 493 (M +H). 30 WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 111 - Example 27 Synthesis of N-(4-Nitrobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 5 The title compound was prepared as in Example 21 (59) except 4 nitrophenylsulfonyl chloride was used in place of 3,5-dichlorophenylsulfonyl chloride, mp = 70-80'C. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (CDCl 3 ): 8 = 8.38 (d, 2H, J = 8.9 Hz), 8.02 (d, 2H, J = 8.9 10 Hz), 7.32-7.20 (6H), 4.90 (m, 1H), 4.25 (dd, 1H, J = 2.5, 8.4 Hz), 3.42 (m, 2H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 1.98 (m, 1H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.54 (m, 1H). 13C NMR (CDC1 3 ): 8 = 175.0, 171.8, 151.1, 142.5, 136.4, 129.9, 129.7, 127.8, 125.2, 62.9, 53.7, 50.3, 37.9, 30.9, 24.7. Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 448 (M+H). 15 Example 28 Synthesis of N-(4-Acetamidobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 20 The title compound was prepared as in Example 21 (59) except 4 acetamido-phenylsulfonyl chloride is used in place of 3,5 dichlorophenylsulfonyl chloride. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 ): 8 = 12.85 (bs, 1H), 10.4 (bs, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H, 25 J = 8.2 Hz), 7.76 (ab q, 4H), 7.25 (m, 5H), 4.49 (dd, 2H, J = 3.2, 8.2 Hz), 4.06 (m, 1H), 3.36 (m, 1H), 3.08 (3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 1.58-1.48 (4H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d 6 ): 8 = 173.0, 171.2, 169.5, 143.9, 137.8, 130.4, 129.7, 129.1, 128.5, 126.8, 119.0, 61.7, 53.5, 49.4, 37.0, 30.7, 24.6, 24.1. 30 Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 460 (M + H).
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 112- Example 29 Synthesis of N-(4-Cyanobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 5 The title compound was prepared as in Example 21 (59) except 4-cyanophenyl-sulfonyl chloride is used in place of 3,5 dichlorophenylsulfonyl chloride. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (CDCl 3 ): 5 = 8.40 (bs, 1H), 7.95 (d, 2H, J = 8.3 Hz), 8.07 10 (d, 2H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.36-7.20 (6H), 4.93, (dt, 1H, J = 5.4, 8.0 Hz), 4.22 (m, 1H), 3.38 (m, 2H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 1.92 (m, 1H), 1.56 (m, 2H), 1.40 (m, 1H). 3 C NMR (CDCl 3 ): 8 = 175.0, 171.9, 140.8, 136.5, 133.8, 129.9, 129.2, 129.0, 127.8, 117.8, 117.7, 62.8, 53.7, 50.3, 37.9, 30.9, 24.6. 15 Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 428 (M +H). Example 30 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-tryptophan 20 N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-proline hydrate was coupled to L-tryptophan methyl ester hydrochloride using the procedure described in Method 3. The title compound was prepared via hydrolysis of the methyl ester using LiOH in THF/water. 25 NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (CDC13): 6 = 8.45 (d, 1H, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.64 (d, 2H, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.60 (d, 1H, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.45 (d, 1H, J = 7.4 Hz), 7.33 (d, 1H, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.27 (d, 2H, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.19-7.06 (3H), 4.88 (m, 1H), 4.07 (dd, 1H, J = 2.9, 8.6 Hz), 3.48 (dd, 1H, J = 5.4, 14.8 Hz), 3.36 (dd, 1H, J = 30 7.1, 14.8 Hz), 3.03 (m, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.88 (m, 1H), 1.47 (m, 1H), 1.32 (m, 1H), 1.22 (m, 1H).
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 113 - 13C NMR (CDC13): 5 = 174.8, 172.7, 145.0, 136.7, 133.3, 130.6, 128.4, 128.3, 124.3, 122.6, 118.9, 112.0, 110.0, 62.8, 54.0, 50.1, 30.5, 27.5, 24.6, 22.1. Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 456 (M+H). 5 Example 31 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-p-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine 10 N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-proline hydrate was coupled to [-(1 naphthyl)alanine methyl ester hydrochloride using the procedure described in Method 3. The title compound was prepared via hydrolysis of the methyl ester using LiOH in THF/water. NMR data was as follows: 15 'H NMR (CDCl 3 ): 8 = 8.16 (d, 1H, J = 8.2 Hz), 8.05 (bs, 1H), 7.85 (d, 1H, J = 6.9 Hz), 7.77-7.27 (10H), 4.99 (m, 1H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 3.90 (dd, 1H, J = 5.0, 14.3 Hz), 3.51 (dd, 1H, J = 9.6, 14.3 Hz), 3.11 (m, 1H), 3.02 (m, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.74 (m, 1H), 1.34 (m, 2H), 1.00 (m, 1H). 20 13C NMR (CDCl 3 ): a = 174.9, 172.5, 145.0, 134.4, 133.4, 133.1, 132.6, 130.6, 129.4, 128.5, 128.4, 127.2, 126.4, 126.0, 14.0, 62.7, 53.9, 50.1, 34.9, 30.3, 24.5, 22.1. Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 467 (M+H). 25 Example 32 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-p3-(2-naphthyl)-L-alanine N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-proline hydrate was coupled to P-(2-naphthyl) 30 L-alanine methyl ester hydrochloride using the procedure described in Method 3. The title compound was prepared via hydrolysis of the methyl ester using LiOH in THF/water. NMR data was as follows: WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 114- IH NMR (CDC1 3 ): 5 = 8.20 (bs, 1H), 7.80-7.67 (6H), 7.55 (d, 1H, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.46-7.27 (5H), 4.99 (m, 1H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 3.55 (m, 1H), 3.27 (dd, 1H, J = 8.2, 14.1 Hz), 3.17 (m, 1H), 3.01 (m, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.83 (m, 1H), 1.40-1.26 (3H). 5 13 C NMR (CDC13): 6 = 174.8, 172.4, 145.0, 134.3, 133.9, 133.4, 133.0, 130.6, 128.9, 128.8, 128.4, 128.2, 128.1, 127.9, 126.7, 126.3, 62.7, 53.9, 50.1, 38.2, 30.4, 24.5, 22.1. Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 467 (M+H). 10 Example 33 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-0-(2-thienyl)-L-alanine N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-proline hydrate was coupled to P-(2-thienyl) 15 L-alanine methyl ester hydrochloride using the procedure described in Method 3. The title compound was prepared via hydrolysis of the methyl ester using LiOH in THF/water. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (CDC13): 6 = 8.42 (bs, 1H), 7.73 (d, 2H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.57 20 (d, 1H, J = 7.4 Hz), 7.34 (d, 2H, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.16 (dd, 1H, J = 1.2, 5.1 Hz), 6.95-6.88 (m, 2H), 4.87 (m, 1H), 4.18 (m, 1H) 3.56-3.41 (3H), 3.17 (m, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.08 (m, 1H), 1.60 (m, 3H). 13 C NMR (CDC13): 8 = 174.2, 172.6, 145.1, 137.9, 133.4, 130.6, 128.5, 127.7, 127.6, 125.4, 62.8, 54.0, 50.4, 32.11, 30.7, 24.9, 22.2 25 Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 423 (M+H). Example 34 Synthesis of N-(Isopropanesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 30 Substitution of (CH3) 2
CHSO
2 C1 for CH 3
SO
2 C1, and following the procedures described in Example 1 (9), gave the title compound as a clear oil.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 115 - NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 8 = 8.10 (d, J = 7.9, 1H), 7.28-7.16 (m, 5H), 4.48-4.41 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.23 (m, 3H), 3.11 3.00 (m, 2H), 2.89 (dd, J = 13.9, J = 9.4, 1H), 2.11-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.82 5 1.71 (m, 3H), 1.11 (d, J = 6.8, 6H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 8 = 172.6, 171.1, 137.4, 129.2, 128.1, 126.4, 61.2, 53.0, 48.6, 43.6, 36.5, 30.6, 24.0, 20.0, 19.8 Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 369 (MH+). 10 Example 35 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-p-(3-pyridyl)-L-alanine N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-proline hydrate was coupled to L-p-(3 15 pyridyl)alanine methyl ester dihydrochloride using the procedure described in Method 3 to give N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)prolyl-L-P-(3-pyridyl)alanine. The title compound was prepared via hydrolysis of the methyl ester using 0.5 N aqueous NaOH in THF/water. NMR data was as follows: 20 1H NMR (DMSO-d 6 ): 6 = 8.33 (dd, 1H, J = 1.4, 4.7 Hz), 8.27 (d, 1H, J = 1.9 Hz), 7.75 (d, 2H, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.71 (m, 1H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.42 (d, 2H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.19 (dd, 1H, J = 4.7, 7.7 Hz), 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.00 (4H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.72 (m, 1H), 1.40 (3H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d 6 ): 8 = 172.7, 170.0, 150.9, 147.4, 144.1, 137.4, 25 134.6, 133.8, 130.3, 128.1, 123.1, 62.4, 55.1, 49.3, 34.4, 30.5, 24.00, 21.4. Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 440 (M+Na).
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 116- Example 36 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(cis-4-phenylthio)prolyl-L-phenylalanine 5 Trans-4-hydroxy-L-proline was treated with EtOH and HCI gas, and the mixture was evaporated to give trans-4-hydroxy-L-proline ethyl ester hydrochloride. This product was treated with TsCl in pyridine, to give after aqueous workup N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-trans-4-(O-(toluene-4-sulfonyl))-L proline ethyl ester. This product was treated with PhSH and DBU in DMF 10 to give after aqueous workup and flash chromatography on silica gel, N (Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-cis-4-(phenylthio)-L-proline ethyl ester. This product was treated with NaOH in CH 3 OH and H20, to give after acidification, extraction, drying with MgSO 4 , filtration and evaporation, N-(toluene-4 sulfonyl)-cis-4-(phenylthio)-L-proline. This product was treated with 15 HCI-Phe-OMe, BOP, and NMM in DMF, to give, after aqueous workup and flash chromatography, N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-cis-4-(phenylthio)-Pro-Phe OMe. This product was treated with NaOH in CH 3 OH and H20, to give, after acidification, extraction, drying with MgSO 4 , filtration and evaporation, the title compound as a clear oil. 20 NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 6 = 8.19 (d, J = 8.0, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 8.3, 2H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.2, 2H), 7.35-7.14 (min, 10H), 4.53-4.46 (inm, 1H), 4.24 (t, J = 7.8, 1H), 3.73 (dd, J = 11.6, J = 6.7, 1H), 3.36 (bs, 1H), 3.17-2.86 (m, 4H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.34-2.25 (min, 1H), 1.57-1.47 (m, 25 1H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 6 = 172.4, 170.0, 144.0, 137.3, 134.1, 133.9, 130.0, 129.8, 129.4, 129.3, 128.2, 127.5, 126.9, 126.5, 61.0, 54.9, 53.2, 42.3, 36.7, 36.4, 21.1. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 525 (MH+). 30 WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 117 - Example 37 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(cis-4-benzylthio)prolyl-L-phenylalanine 5 Substitution of benzylthiol for phenylthiol, and following the methods for preparation of Example 36 (131), gave the title compound as a clear oil. NMR data was as follows: 1 H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 6 = 8.18 (d, J = 8.1, 1H), 7.65 (d, J = 8.3, 2H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.2, 2H), 7.29-7.17 (min, 10H), 4.50-4.43 (inm, 10 1H), 4.05 (t, J = 7.9, 1H), 3.74-3.56 (m, 3H), 3.35 (bs, 1H), 3.09-2.94 (min, 4H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.20-2.10 (min, 1H), 1.40-1.28 (min, 1H).
"
3 C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 6 = 172.4, 170.2, 143.8, 138.5, 137.3, 134.0, 130.0, 129.4, 128.7, 128.4, 128.2, 127.3, 126.9, 126.5, 60.9, 55.5, 53.1, 39.3, 36.7, 36.6, 34.9, 21.1. 15 Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 539 (MH+). Example 38 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-histidine 20 N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)prolyl-L-(N-benzyl)histidine (237 mg, 0.464 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (20 mnL) and 10% Pd/C (50 mg) was added. The mixture was hydrogenated at 50 psi 1H2 for 36 hr. The mixture was filtered to remove the catalyst and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo. The 25 residue was purified by preparative TLC (90:10:1 CH 2 C1 2 /MeOH/NH 4 OH) to give N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-histidine methyl ester (155 mg, 79%). The title compound was prepared via hydrolysis of the methyl ester using 0.5 N NaOH in THF/water (128 mg, 81%). NMR data was as follows: 30 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 ): 6 = 7.77 (d, 3H, J = 6.5 Hz), 7.42 (m,3H), 4.03 (min, 1H), 3.99 (min, 1H), 3.22 (min, 1H), 3.05 (min 2H), 2.95 (min, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.80 (min, 1H), 1.45 (3H).
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 118- 13C NMR (DMSO-d 6 ): 8 = 174.0, 169.8, 144.1, 133.8, 10.3, 128.0, 62.4, 49.4, 40.0, 30.6, 24.0, 21.4. Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 429 (M + Na). 5 Example 39 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(cis-4-amino)prolyl-L-phenylalanine Trans-4-hydroxy-L-proline was treated with EtOH and HCI gas, and the 10 mixture was evaporated to give trans-4-hydroxy-L-proline ethyl ester hydrochloride. This product was treated with TsCl in pyridine to give, after aqueous workup, N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-trans-4-(TsO)-L-proline ethyl ester. This product was treated with NaN 3 in DMF and 1H120 to give, after aqueous workup and flash chromatography, N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-cis-4-azido-L 15 proline ethyl ester. This product was treated with NaOH in CH 3 OH and
H
2 0 to give, after acidification, extraction, drying with MgSO 4 , filtration and evaporation, N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-cis-4-azido-L-proline. This product was treated with 10% Pd on C in THF, AcOH and HO20, and the mixture was shaken under 50 psi 1H12. The mixture was filtered through Celite and 20 evaporated to give N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-cis-4-amino-L-proline. This product was treated with Boc20 and Et 3 N in t-BuOH and H 2 0 to give, after evaporation, acidification, extraction, drying with MgSO 4 , filtration, and evaporation, N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-cis-4-(t-butoxycarbonylamino)-L-proline. This product was treated with HCl-Phe-O-t-Bu, BOP, and NMM in DMF to 25 give, after aqueous workup and flash chromatography, N-(toluene-4 sulfonyl)-cis-4-(t-butoxycarbonylamino)-Pro-Phe-O-t-Bu. This product was treated with TFA to give after evaporation the trifluoroacetate salt of the title compound as a clear oil. NMR data was as follows: 30 1H NMR (CD 3 OD, 300 MHz): 8 = 7.47 (d, J = 8.3, 2H), 7.22-7.00 (min, 7H), 4.47 (dd, J = 7.9, J = 5.3, 1H), 4.18 (dd, J = 9.8, J = 1.7, 1H), WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 119- 3.64 (t, J = 5.2, 1H), 3.43 (d, J = 11.2, 1H), 3.22 (dd, J = 11.3, J = 5.), 1H), 3.01 (dd, J = 14.1, J = 5.3, 1H), 2.88 (dd, J = 14.0, J = 7.9, 1H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.21-2.08 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.80 (m, 1H). 13C NMR (CD 3 OD, 75 MHz): 6 = 174.7, 173.9, 146.1, 138.0, 134.7, 5 131.1, 130.5, 129.6, 128.7, 128.0, 60.7, 55.6, 53.9, 51.5, 38.2, 35.3, 21.5. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 432 (MH+). Example 40 10 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(trans-4-amino)prolyl-L-phenylalanine Substitution of cis-4-hydroxy-L-proline for trans-4-hydroxy-L-proline, and following the methods for preparation of Example 39 (136), gave the 15 trifluoroacetate salt of the title compound as a clear oil. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (CD 3 OD, 300 MHz): 6 = 7.39 (d, J = 8.4, 2H), 7.13-7.01 (m, 7H), 4.40-4.33 (m, 1H), 4.28 (dd, J = 9.0, J = 2.2, 1H), 3.59-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.07-2.97 (m, 2H), 2.81 (dd, J = 14.0, J = 8.9, 1H), 2.21 (s, 20 3H), 1.24-2.06 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.68 (m, 1H). 13C NMR (CD 3 OD, 75 MHz): 6 = 174.1, 172.6, 145.9, 138.3, 135.0, 131.0, 130.5, 129.6, 128.9, 128.0, 61.1, 55.2, 52.0, 49.7, 38.2, 35.4, 21.5. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 432 (MH+). 25 Example 41 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine Benzyl Ester 30 N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-proline was coupled to L-phenylalanine benzyl ester toluenesulfonic acid salt using the procedure described in Method 3 to give the title compound as an oil. NMR data was as follows: WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 120 - 'H NMR (CDC1 3 ): 8 = 7.68 (d, 2H, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.39-7.17 (10H), 7.05 (m, 1H), 5.22 (d, 2H, J = 12.2 Hz), 5.14 (d, 1H, J = 12.2 Hz), 4.88 (m, 1H), 4.08 (m, 1H), 3.28 (m, 3H), 3.08 (m, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.00 (m, 1H), 1.46 (m, 3H). 5 13C NMR (CDC1 3 ): 8 = 171.4, 171.3, 144.9, 136.5, 135.8, 133.6, 130.6, 129.9, 129.1, 129.1, 129.0, 129.0, 128.4, 127.6, 67.8, 62.8, 54.0, 50.2, 38.4, 30.4, 24.8, 22.2. Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 507 (M+H). 10 Example 42 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-Methoxyamide N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine was coupled to 15 O-methylhydroxylamine hydrochloride using the mixed anhydride procedure (as described in Greenstein, J.P. and Milton Wenitz, "Chemistry of the Amino Acids," volume 2, pp. 978-979, Robert E. Krieger Publishing Co., Malabar, FL. (1961)) to give the title compound as an oil. NMR data was as follows: 20 'H NMR (CDCl 3 ): 8 = 9.66 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, 2H, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.36 (d, 2H, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.33-7.21 (5H), 6.90 (d, 1H, J = 9.5 Hz), 4.88 (m, 1H), 3.81 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.07 (m, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.47 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (CDCl 3 ): 8 = 171.7, 168.1, 145.6, 137.0, 131.8, 130.7, 25 129.7, 129.3, 128.5, 127.7, 64.9, 62.7, 52.6, 50.6, 37.6, 31.4, 24.7, 22.2. Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 446 (M+H).
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 121 - Example 43 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-Benzyloxyamide 5 N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine was coupled to O-benzylhydroxylamine using the procedure described in Method 3 to give the title compound as a white solid, rrp = 127-130'C. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (CDC13): 6 = 9.54 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, 2H, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.43 10 7.19 (12H), 6.86 (d, 1H, J = 9.3 Hz), 4.91 (min, 2H), 4.82 (min, 1H), 3.72 (min, 1H), 3.42 (min, 2H), 3.07 (min, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 1.64 (min, 2H), 1.44 (inm, 1H), 1.26 (m, 1H). 1 3 C NMR (CDCl 3 ): 8 = 171.6, 168.2, 145.5, 136.9, 135.7, 132.0, 130.7, 129.9, 129.7, 129.0, 128.9, 128.5, 127.7, 78.8, 62.7, 52.7, 50.6, 15 37.6, 31.2, 24.7, 22.2. Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 522 (M+H). Example 44 Synthesis of 20 N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl L-phenylalanine N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)amnide N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-proline was reacted with L-phenylalanine amide using the procedure described in Method 12 to yield N-(toluene-4 25 sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine amide. To a solution of NaH (60% mineral oil - prewashed with THF) in THF at 0OC was added N-(toluene-4 sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine amide and the reaction was stirred at 0OC for 45 minutes. Toluene-4-sulfonyl chloride was added and the reaction was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was extracted 30 with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL) and 0.2 N HCI (50 mL), and the combined organic layers were washed successively with sat. NaHCO 3 (50 mL), and sat. NaC1 (2 x 50 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated to yield the title compound as an oil.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 122 - NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz): 8 = 7.97 (d, 2H, 8.52 Hz); 7.72 (d, 2H, 8.52 Hz); 7.37 - 7.04 (min, 10 H); 4.80 (min, 1H); 3.86 (min, 1H); 3.42 (inm, 1H); 3.29 (min, 1H); 3.01 (m, 2H); 2.45 (bs, 6H); 1.65 (m 2H); 1.45 & 1.31 5 (min, 2H). 13C NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz): 8 = 172.46, 169.93, 145.47, 136.43, 132.06, 130.70, 130.07, 129.58, 129.32, 129.17, 128.61, 127.74, 62.68, 54.52, 50.57, 36.91, 31.10, 24.69, 22.30, 22.23. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB) 570 (M+H). 10 Preparative Example A Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-D,L-phenyalanyl-p-alanine Ethyl Ester 15 To N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine (- 2 eq.) in DMF was added BOP (-2.1 eq.) and NMM (-4 eq.), and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for about 45 minutes. 1-alanine ethyl ester (- 2 eq.) was added and the reaction stirred for about 16 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was extracted with water and diethyl 20 ether. The combined organic solution was then washed with 0.2 N HC1, sat. NaHCO 3 and sat. NaCl solutions. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (50% EtOAc/Hexane, Rf = 0.18) to yield the title compound as a colorless oil, which was determined to be a 25 mixture of diastereomers by NMR. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz): 8 = 7.68 (m, 2H); 7.25 (min, 9H); 4.07 (min, 3H); 3.45 (min, 4H); 3.06 (min, 3H); 2.50 & 2.34 (min, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.62 (min, 4H); 1.20 (t, 3H, J = 5.55 Hz). 30 13C NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz): 8 = 177.62, 172.72, 171.98, 171.73, 171. 25, 170.80, 145.39, 145.02, 137.52, 137.20, 133.28, 132.09, 133.28, 132.09, 130.66, 130.57, 130.02, 129.59, 129.18, 128.49, 128.44, 127.49, WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 123 - 127.46, 63.06, 62.75, 61.18, 61.12, 55.49, 54.17, 50.62, 50.36, 38.27, 37.92, 35.98, 35.32, 34.47, 34.30, 31.27, 30.95, 24.92, 24.62, 22.18, 14.72. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB) 516 (M+H). 5 Example 45 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-D,L-phenylalanyl-p-alanine 10 The title compound was prepared from Preparative Example A (161) using the procedure described for Example 19 (57), yielding a translucent solid, which was determined to be a mixture of diastereomers by NMR, mp = 91-95oC. NMR data was as follows: 15 'H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz): 6 = 7.70 & 7.27 (min, 9H); 4.83 (m, 0.5 H); 4.05 (min, 0.5 H); 3.47 (min, 4H); 3.06 (min, 3H); 2.55 (min, 2H); 2.43 (s, 3H); 1.62 (min, 4H). 13C NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz): 6 = 175.85, 175.68, 172.45, 172.23, 171.67, 171.43, 145.32, 144.96, 137.37, 136.91, 133.42, 132.37, 130.67, 20 130.56, 130.52, 130.03, 129.65, 129.15, 129.12, 128.51, 128.48, 127.52, 63.01, 62.72, 55.25, 54.34, 50.52, 50.43, 50.39, 38.81,.38.07, 35.82, 35.79, 35.25, 35.23, 34.17, 34.10, 34.08, 31.23, 24.91, 24.61, 22.18. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB) 488 (M+H). 25 Example 46 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-Hydroxyamide N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-benzyloxyamide (see 30 Example 43 (159)) was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL) and 5% Pd/BaSO 4 (52 mg) was added. The mixture was hydrogenated at 50 psi 12 for 9 h. The mixture was filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth and evaporated in WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 124 vacuo to give a residue which was purified by silica gel chromatography (92:8 CH 2 C1 2 /MeOH) to give the title compound as an oil. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (CDCl 3 ): 6 = 9.85 (br s, 1H), 7.73 (d, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.36 5 (d, 2H, J = 7.0 Hz), 7.28-7.20 (5H), 7.07 (min, 1H), 4.96 (min, 1H), 3.87 (inm, 1H), 3.47 (min, 2H), 3.07 (min, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 1.90 (br s, 1H), 1.63 (inm, 2H), 1.46 (min, 1H), 1.36 (min, 1H). 13C NMR (CDCl 3 ): 8 = 171.8, 168.4, 145.5, 136.9, 132.0, 130.7, 129.7, 129.2, 128.6, 127.6, 62.7, 52.2, 50.6, 38.0, 31.2, 24.6, 22.2. 10 Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 432 (M + H). Example 47 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine Isopropyl Ester 15 N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-proline hydrate was coupled to phenylalanine isopropyl ester trifluoroacetate using the procedure described in Method 3 to give the title compound as an oil. NMR data was as follows: 20 'H NMR (CDC1 3 ): 6 = 7.68 (d, 2H, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.33-7.12 (8H), 5.05 (p, 1H, J = 6.3 Hz), 4.77 (min, 1H), 4.06 (min, 1H11), 3.33 (min, 1H), 3.22 (dd, 1H, J = 5.8, 14.0 Hz), 3.06 (min, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.99 (min, 1H), 1.46 (3H), 1.23 (d, 6H, J = 6.3 Hz). 13C NMR (CDC13): 6 = 171.3, 170.9, 144.9, 136.7, 133.5, 130.5, 25 129.9, 129.0, 128.4, 127.5, 70.0, 62.9, 54.0, 50.2, 38.5, 30.4, 24.7, 22.3, 22.2, 22.1. Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 459 (M+H) WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 125 - Example 48 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(cis-4-hydroxy)-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 5 Substitution of cis-4-hydroxy-L-proline for D-Pro-OH, and following the methods described in Example 6 (17), gave the title compound as a clear oil. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 8 = 8.14 (d, J=7.9, 1H), 7.70 (d, 10 J=8.2, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=8.2, 2H), 7.28-7.15 (m, 5H), 5.30 (bs, 1H), 4.52 2.45 (m, 1H), 4.15 (dd, J=9.0, J=4.1, 1H), 3.85 (bs, 1H), 3.31 (bs, 1H), 3.24 (dd, J=10.6, J=4.9, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J=10.9, J=3.4, 1H), 3.01-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.92-1.82 (m, 1H), 1.79-1.69 (m, 1H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 6 = 172.2, 171.2, 143.8, 136.9, 15 133.4, 129.9, 129.5, 128.1, 127.5, 126.5, 68.6, 60.3, 56.4, 53.4, 38.0, 37.0, 21.0. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 433 (MH+). Example 49 20 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(trans-4-fluoro) prolyl-L-phenylalanine Benzyl Ester Substitution of cis-4-hydroxy-L-proline for trans-4-hydroxy-L-proline, 25 and following the methods for preparation of Example 50 (177), gave the title compound as a clear oil. NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz): 8 = 7.70 (d, J=8.3, 2H), 7.41-7.20 (m, 10H), 7.10-7.07 (m, 2H), 5.24 (dd, J= 12.1, 1H), 5.16 (dd, J= 12.2, 1H), 30 4.93-4.87 (m, 1H), 4.88 (bd, J=52.4, 1H), 4.15-4.09 (m, 1H), 3.80 (ddd, J=1.6, J=20.7, J=12.5, 1H), 3.37 (ddd, J=3.1, J=13.9, J=36.8, 1H), 3.28 (dd, J=13.9, J=5.8, 1H), 3.06 (dd, J=13.9, J=7.2, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.32-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.11-1.91 (m, 1H).
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 126 - 1 3 C NMR (CDC13, 75 MHz): 8 = 170.7, 170.0, 144.4, 135.8, 135.1, 129.7, 129.4, 128.58, 128.56, 128.4, 128.1, 127.0, 91.2 (d, J=181.0 Hz), 67.3, 60.8, 55.6 (d, J=23.0 Hz), 53.2, 37.9, 37.0 (d, J=22.0 Hz), 21.6. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 525 (MH+). 5 Example 50 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(cis-4-fluoro) prolyl-L-phenylalanine Benzyl Ester 10 Trans-4-hydroxy-L-proline was treated with EtOH and HCI gas, and the mixture was evaporated to give trans-4-hydroxy-L-proline ethyl ester hydrochloride. This product was treated with TsCl and Et 3 N in CH 2 C1 2 , to give after aqueous workup N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-trans-4-hydroxy-L-proline 15 ethyl ester. This product was treated with morpholinosulfur trifluoride in
CH
2 C1 2 , to give after aqueous workup N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-cis-4-fluoro-L proline ethyl ester. This product was treated with NaOH in CH 3 OH and H20 to give, after acidification, extraction, drying with MgSO, filtration and evaporation, N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-cis-4-fluoro-L-proline. This product 20 was treated with HCI * Phe-OBn, BOP, and NMM in DMF, to give after aqueous workup and flash chromatography the title compound as a clear oil. NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz): 8 = 7.69 (d, J=8.3, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=7.8, 1H), 7.38-7.27 (min, 7H), 7.21-7.17 (min, 3H), 7.07-7.04 (min, 2H), 25 5.19 (d, J=12.1, 1H), 5.12 (d, J= 12.1, 1H), 5.05 (dt, Jd=52.7, Jt=3.4, 1H), 4.89 (dt, Jd=7.9, Jt=6.0, 1H), 4.27 (d, J=9.9, 1H), 3.68 (ddd, J=1.6, J=12.6, J=21.1, 1H), 3.37 (ddd, J=3.7, J=12.4, J=35.7, 1H) 3.13 (dd, J=5.9, J=13.8, 1H), 3.08 (dd, J=6.1, J=13.8, 1H), 2.62 (t, J=15.9, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.82-1.59 (min, 1H). 30 WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 127 - 13C NMR (CDC13, 75 MHz): 6 = 170.5, 169.9, 144.8, 135.5, 135.1, 132.4, 130.1, 129.41, 129.39, 128.6, 128.5, 128.4, 127.9, 126.9, 91.7 (d, J=179.4 Hz), 67.1, 55.6 (d, J=23.8 Hz), 36.3 (d, J=21.5 Hz), 21.6. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 525 (MH+). 5 Example 51 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-thiaprolyl-L-phenylalanine Benzyl Ester 10 The title compound was prepared following the procedure outlined for the preparation of Example 3 (11). NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): 8 = 2.45 (s, 3H), 3.05-3.35 (m, 2H), 4.03 (d, 1H, J = 10.3 Hz), 4.55 (d, 1H, J = 10.3 Hz), 4.60 (m, 1H), 4.86 15 (m, 1H), 5.20 (dd, 2H, J= 12.1 and 13.6 Hz), 7.03 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.40 (m, 12H), 7.70 (d, 2H, J = 8.2 Hz). 1 3 C NMR (CDC1 3 ,75 MHz): 6 = 22.3, 33.5, 38.1, 52.0, 54.2, 65.8, 68.0, 127.8, 128.5, 129.1, 129.2, 129.9, 130.7, 134.0, 135.6, 136.0, 145.6, 168.7, 171.1. 20 Mass Spectroscopy: (FAB+) 525 (M+H). Example 52 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(5,5-dimethyl)thiaprolyl 25 L-phenylalanine Benzyl Ester The title compound was prepared following the procedure described for the preparation of Example 3 (11). NMR data was as follows: 30 'H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz): 6 = 1.10 (s, 6H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 3.08-3.14 (m, 2H), 3.85 (s, 1H), 4.39 (d, 1H, J = 9.7 Hz), 4.52 (d, 1H, J = 9.7 Hz), 4.94 (m, 1H), 5.17 (m, 2H), 7.01 (d, 1H, J = 2.5 Hz), 7.10-7.40 (m, 12H), 7.74 (d, 2H, J = 8.3 Hz).
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 128- 13C NMR (CDCl 3 , 75 MHz): 6 = 22.3, 24.5, 29.8, 38.9, 51.2, 53.9, 55.2, 67.9, 74.1, 127.6, 128.7, 129.0, 129.1, 129.2, 129.3, 130.0, 130.5, 133.3, 135.7, 136.4, 145.3, 169.0, 171.3. Mass Spectroscopy: (FAB+) 553 (M+H). 5 Example 53 Synthesis of N-(2-Methoxycarbonylbenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl L-phenylalanine Benzyl Ester 10 To L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine benzyl ester (4.64 mmoles) in THF (15 mL) was added triethylamine (4.70 mmoles) and the reaction proceeded for 30 minutes at room temperature. The reaction mixture was chilled to 0 0 C and methyl 2-(chlorosulfonyl) benzoate (4.64 mmoles) was added and the 15 reaction proceeded for 4 hours at room temperature. The reaction was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL) and water (50 mL), and the combined organic layers were successively washed with sat. NaHCO 3 (50 mL) and sat NaCl (2 x 50 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and roto-evaporated to yield a colorless oil (2.30 g, 90%). The crude product was purified by silica gel 20 chromatography (50% EtOAc/Hexane, Rf = 0.47) to yield a colorless oil (1.49 g, 58%). NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz): 6 = 7.88 (d, 1H, J = 7.29 Hz); 7.48 & 7.16 (min, 14H); 5.04 (min, 2H); 4.75 (min, 1H); 4.37 (d, 1H,6.92 Hz); 3.86 (s, 25 3H); 3.40 & 3.28 (min, 2H); 3.06 (min, 2H); 1.75, 1.61, & 1.32 (min, 4H). 13C NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz): 6 = 171.61, 171.32, 171.23, 169.03, 136.75, 135.89, 135. 51, 133.89, 133.62, 131.14, 130.34, 129.77, 129.38, 129.09, 129.00, 128.96, 128.88, 128.79, 127.48, 62.13, 60.90, 53.97, 49.48, 38.10, 31.07, 24.48, 21.56. 30 Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB) 551 (M+H).
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 129 - Example 54 Synthesis of N-(3,5-Dichlorobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 5 L-Proline methyl ester hydrochloride (2.68 g, 16.2 mmol) was dissolved in pyridine (20 mL), 3,5-dichlorophenylsulfonyl chloride (3.57 g, 14.6 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 19 hr. Water (5 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 45 min before diluting with water (200 mL). The mixture was extracted with Et 2 0 (2 X 150 mL) and the combined 10 extracts were washed with water (3 X 100 mL), 1N HCI (150 mL) and saturated aq NaHCO 3 (150 mL), then dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give 3,5-dichlorophenyl-sulfonyl-L-proline methyl ester as an oil (4.34 g, 88%). The methyl ester was dissolved in MeOH (20 mL) and 1N NaOH (20 15 mL) was added. The mixture was gently warmed until homogeneous and then stirred for 1.5 hr. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue taken up in water (50 mL). The aqueous solution was washed with Et 2 O (30 mL) and then made acidic with 12 N HC1. The mixture was extracted with CHC1 3 (2 X 40 mL) and the combined extracts were dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered 20 and evaporated in vacuo to give N-(3,5-dichlorophenylsulfonyl)-L-proline as a solid (3.37 g, 83%). 3,5-Dichlorophenyl-sulfonyl-L-proline was coupled to L-phenylalanine ethyl ester using the procedure described in Method 3 to give the ethyl ester of the title compound (348 mg, 45%). 25 The title compound was prepared via hydrolysis of the ethyl ester using NaOH in MeOH. NMR analysis indicated that diastereomers were present. NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (CDC13): 8 = 8.11 (br s, 1H), 7.72 (d, 2H, J = 1.9 Hz), 7.61 (q, 1H, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.39-7.20 (6H), 4.92 (min, 1H), 4.15 (min, 1H), 3.52 30 3.09 (4H), 2.11 (min, 1H), 1.95-1.49 (3H11).
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 130 - 13 C NMR (CDC13): 8 = 175.4, 175.2, 171.8, 171.7, 139.5, 139.3, 137.0, 136.6, 135.8, 134.0, 134.0, 129.9, 129.5, 127.7, 126.7, 111.4, 63.1, 62.9, 53.8, 53.6, 50.5, 50.3, 45.1, 37.9, 31.3, 30.8, 24.8, 24.6. Mass Spectroscopy: FAB m/e 471 (M + H). 5 Example 55 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl L-phenylalanine N-Hydroxysuccinimide ester 10 Equimolar amounts of Cbz-L-phenylalanine, N-hydroxysuccinimide and DCC in CH 2 C1 2 were stirred for 3 hr at room temperature. Hexane was added and the reaction mixture filtered through a bed of Celite. The filtrate was extracted with 10% citric acid, water and saturated NaC1, dried over 15 MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated to yield the title compound as a solid, mp = 186-188 0 C. NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (CDC 3 , 300 MHz): 8 = 7.66 (min, 3H); 7.28 (min, 6H); 4.64 (min, 1H); 4.01 (min, 1H); 3.36 (min, 1H); 2.89 (min, 6H); 2.42 (s, 3H); 1.90 & 20 1.68 (min, 3H); 1.33 & 1.15 (min, 4H). 13C NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz): 5 = 173.07, 171.83, 166.89, 144.86, 137.90, 133.35, 130.51, 130.44, 129.06, 128.33, 127.36, 63.21, 50.12, 47.74, 45.09, 38.30, 36.53, 34.30, 30.67, 25.454, 24.35, 22.15. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB) 528 (M+H). 25 Example 56 Synthesis of N-(Thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine Methyl Ester 30 The title compound was prepared via Method 14 and isolated the as an oil. NMR data was as follows: WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 131 - 1 H NMR (CDC13, 300 MHz): 6 = 7.63 (m, 1H); 7.32 - 7.10 (br m, 7H); 4.85 (m, 1H); 4.09 (m, 1H); 3.77 (s, 3H); 3.40 (m, 1H); 3.38 (m, 1H); 3.17 (m, 1H); 3.05 (m, 1H); 2.05 (m; 1H); 1.62 - 1.40 (br m, 3H). 1 3 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 75 MHz): 6 = 171.9, 170.9, 136.6, 136.2, 133.9, 5 133.4, 129.8, 129.1, 128.3, 127.7, 63.2, 53.9, 53.1, 38.4, 30.1, 24.8. Mass Spectroscopy: (PI-FAB) 423, (M+H) +. Example 57 Synthesis of 10 N-(Thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine The title compound was prepared from Example 56 (285) via Method 6 and the product was isolated as a solid. NMR data was as follows: 15 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 8 = 8.14 (d, 1H, J = 8.0 Hz); 8.02 (d, 1H, J = 5.0 Hz); 7.70 (d, 1H, J = 4.0 Hz); 7.25 (m, 6H); 4.51 (m, 1H); 4.05 (m, 1H); 3.40 (m, 1H); 3.40 (m, 1H); 3.20 - 2.90 (br m, 3H); 1.65 - 1.32 (br m, 4H). 1 3 C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 8 = 172.9, 170.9, 137.8, 136.4, 20 134.1, 133.4, 129.7, 128.6, 128.5, 126.8, 62.1, 53.5, 49.7, 36.8, 30.7, 24.1. Mass Spectroscopy: (PI-FAB) 409, (M+H)*. Example 58 25 Synthesis of N-(1,3-Dimethyl-5-chloropyrazole-4-sulfonyl) L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine The title compound was prepared using Method 14 and Method 7, and 30 the product was isolated as a white solid. NMR data was as follows: WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 132 - 'H NMR (CD 3 OD, 300 MHz): 5 = 7.00 - 6.93 (br m, 5H); 4.21 (inm, 1H); 3.96 (min, 1H); 3.59 (s, 3H); 3.16 - 3.03 (br m, 3H); 2.88 (min, 1H); 2.14 (s, 3H); 1.68 (min, 2H); 1.56-1.29 (br m, 2H). 13C NMR (CD 3 OD, 75 MHz): 6 = 177.9, 173.6, 150.9, 139.7, 131.8, 5 131.4, 129.9, 127.9, 115.3, 63.7, 57.6, 50.7, 39.4, 37.7, 32.6, 25.8, 14.9. Mass Spectroscopy: (PI-FAB) 477, (M+H)*. Example 59 Synthesis of 10 N-(1-Phenylethanesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine PhCH 2
CH
2 SH was treated with Cl 2 in a rapidly stirred mixture of CHCl 3 and H20, and then the CHC1 3 layer was washed with 5% NaHSO 3 and sat. NaC1, dried with MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated to give 15 PhCH 2
CH
2
SO
2 C1. This product was treated with Pro-OtBu and Et 3 N in
CH
2 Cl 2 to give, after aqueous workup, PhCH 2
CH
2
SO
2 -Pro-OtBu. This product was treated with HCO 2 H, and the mixture was evaporated to give PhCH 2
CH
2
SO
2 -Pro-OH. This product was treated with HCI * Phe-OtBu, EDAC, HOBT, and Et 3 N in CH 2 Cl 2 to give, after aqueous workup and flash 20 chromatography, PhCH 2
CH
2
SO
2 -Pro-Phe-OtBu. This product was treated with HCO 2 H, and the mixture was evaporated to give the title compound as a clear oil. NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 5 = 8.06 (d, J=8.1, 1H), 7.32-7.14 25 (min, 10H), 4.52-4.24 (min, 1H), 4.26 (dd, J=7.0, J=2.6, 1H), 3.40-3.31 (inm, 3H), 3.29-3.23 (min, 2H), 3.08 (dd, J=13.8, J=4.8, 1H), 2.97-2.90 (min, 3H), 2.05-1.99 (min, 1H), 1.77-1.65 (min, 3H). 13C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 6 = 172.7, 171.4, 138.5, 137.4, 129.2, 128.6, 128.5, 128.1, 126.5, 126.4, 60.8, 53.1, 50.0, 48.6, 36.6, 30 30.9, 28.6, 24.2. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB, 3-nitrobenzyl alcohol) 431 (MH+).
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 133 - Example 60 Synthesis of N-(1-Methylimidazole-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine Methyl Ester 5 The title compound was prepared using Method 14 and was isolated as an oil. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz): 6 = 7.55 - 7.40 (br m, 3H); 7.31 - 7.10 (br m, 5 H); 4.80 (m, 1H); 4.31 (m, 1H); 3.70 (s, 3H); 3.49 - 3.18 (br m, 10 3H); 3.05 (m, 1 H); 2.05 (m, 1H); 1.74 (m, 2 H); 1.41 (m, 1H). 1 3 C NMR (CDCl 3 , 75 MHz): 6 = 172.0, 171.6, 140.1, 137.9, 136.8, 129.8, 129.0, 127.5, 126.1, 63.1, 53.9, 52.9, 50.3, 38.4, 34.6, 30.4, 24.9. Mass Spectroscopy: (PI-FAB) 421, (M+H) . 15 Example 61 Synthesis of N-(1-Methylimidazole-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine The title compound was prepared from Example 60 (297) using Method 20 7 and was isolated as a white solid. NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 6 = 7.83 (d, 2H, J = 9.0 Hz), 7.65 (d, 1H, J = 5.0 Hz), 7.20 - 7.05 (br m, 5H), 4.14 (m, 1H); 3.94 (m, 1H); 3.67 (s, 3H); 3.04 (m, 4H), 1.81 (m, 1H), 1.50 (m, 2H); 1.29 (m, 1H). 25 1 3 C NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 75 MHz): 6 = 173.1, 169.9, 140.7, 139.2, 136.0, 130.0, 127.8, 126.7, 125.9, 63.0, 55.1, 49.7, 36.8, 33.9, 30.5, 23.9. Mass Spectroscopy: (PI-FAB) 429, (M+H)*. 30 WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 134 - Example 62 Synthesis of N-(4-Amidinobenznesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine Methyl Ester 5 The title compound was prepared by refluxing the product from Example 64 (313) (0.26 mmol) with ammonium acetate (0.32 mmol) in methanol (3 mL) for 3.5 hours and then concentrating under vacuum to give an oil (114 mg, 96%). The crude product was purified on silica gel chromatography (100% EtOAc, Rf = 0.01) to yield a colorless oil (40 mg, 10 34%). NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (CD 3 OD, 300 MHz): 6 = 7.77 (m, 4 H); 7.07 (m, 5H); 4.48 (m, 1H); 4.01 (m ,1H); 3.51 (s, 3H); 3.25 (m, 1H); 3.04 (m, 3H); 2.85 (m, 1H); 1.50 (m, 4H). 15 13C NMR (CD 3 OD, 300 MHz): 8 = 174.45, 173.58, 168.09, 143.77, 138.72, 134.54, 131.01, 130.84, 130.16, 130.11, 128.57, 63.71, 55.72, 53.45, 51.09 38.72, 32.61, 25.97. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB) 459 (M+H). 20 Example 63 Synthesis of N-(4-Amidinobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine The title compound was prepared from the product of Example 62 (303) 25 using the procedure described in Method 7. NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (CD 3 OD, 300 MHz): 8 = 7.72 (m, 4H); 7.00 (m, 5H); 4.51 (m, 0.5 H); 4.20 (t, 1H, J = 5.92); 3.93 (m, 1H); 3.23 (m, 0.5H); 3.14 (s, 1H); 3.04 (m, 1H); 2.85 (m, 1H); 1.48 (m, 4H). 30 13C NMR (CD 3 OD, 300 MHz): 8 = 178.07, 173.31, 141.62, 141.36, 139.70, 138.57, 131.36, 131.05, 131.00, 130.21, 130.17, 130.13, 130.02, WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 135 - 129.92, 129.78, 129.71, 128.60, 128.03, 64.12, 57.64, 51.20, 39.52, 32.36, 25.88. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB) 467 (M+H), 489 (M + Na). 5 Example 64 Synthesis of N-(4-Thiomethoxyimidatylbenzenesulfonyl)-L prolyl-L-phenylalanine Methyl Ester 10 The title compound was prepared by refluxing the product from Example 65 (314) (0.20 mmoles) with acetone (3 mL) and methyl iodide (0.2 mL) for 30 minutes, and concentrating the reaction under vacuum to yield a yellow oil (130 mg, <100%). The crude product was purified on silica gel chromatography (80% EtOAc/Hexane, Rf = 0.49) to yield a yellow oil (110 15 mg, 99%). NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (CDC1 3 , 300 MHz): 6 = 9.37 (bs, 2H); 8.11 (d, 2H, J = 8.43 Hz); 7.96 (d, 2H, J = 8.49 Hz); 7.20 (m, 6H); 4.82 (min, 1H); 4.11 (inm, 1H); 3.74 (s, 3H); 3.41 (min, 1H); 3.23 (min, 1H); 3.09 (m, 2H); 2.94 (s, 3H), 20 1.83 (min, 1H); 1.62 (min, 3H). 13C NMR (CDCl 3 , 300 MHz): 6 = 186.47, 172.23, 171.65, 141.68, 136.53, 136.04, 130.32, 129.84, 129.16, 129.12, 127.74, 62.98, 53.98, 53.33, 50.48, 38.21, 31.58, 31.15, 24.83, 18.30. Mass Spectroscopy: (+ FAB) 490 (M + H). 25 Example 65 Synthesis of N-[4-(N-Methyl)thioamidobenzenesulfonyl]-L prolyl-L-phenylalanine Methyl Ester 30 The title compound was prepared by bubbling hydrogen sulfide through a solution of the methyl ester of Example 29 (71) (0.3 mmoles) in pyridine (3 mL) and triethylamine (0.3 mL) at room temperature for 5 minutes. The flask was sealed and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 18 hours.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 136- The reaction mixture was concentrated under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and successively washed with 2N
KHSO
4 (2 x 50 mL) and saturated NaCl (50 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and roto-evaporated to yield a yellow oil (146 mg, 100%). Silica gel TLC in 5 80% EtOAc/Hexane showed a single spot, Rf = 0.06. NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (CDCI 3 , 300 MHz): 6 = 8.13 (d, 2H, J = 11.54 Hz); 7.94 (d, 2H, J = 8.37 Hz); 7.69 (d, 2H, J = 8.43 Hz); 7.20 (min, 6H); 4.83 (inm, 1H); 3.99 (d, 1H, J = 6.17 Hz); 3.77 (s, 3H); 3.34 (t, 1H, J = 6.59 Hz); 10 3.25 (min, 1H); 3.03 (min, 1H); 1.87 (min, 1H); 1.45 (min, 5H). 13C NMR (CDCI 3 , 300 MHz): 8 = 201.09, 172.29, 171.28, 144.50, 138.26, 136.37, 129.76, 129.21, 128.71, 128.21, 127.82, 62.92, 53.74, 53.31, 50.20, 38.37, 30.64, 30.54, 24.68, 21.68. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB) 476 (M+H). 15 Example 66 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-D,L-P-(1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)alanine 20 An equimolar solution of p-(1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)-D,L-alanine methyl ester, N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)]-L-proline hemibenzenate and benzotriazol-1 yloxytris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate with three equivalents of triethyl amine in acetonitrile (0.45M) was stirred at ambient temperature, under nitrogen, for 16 hr. The solvent was stripped off giving 25 a dark reddish colored oil. The oil was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with copious amounts of water, brine, and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and once again with water. The organic phase was dried (Na 2
SO
4 ) and the solvent stripped off yielding a brown oil. The oil was hydrolyzed following the procedure described in Method 7 yielding the title 30 compound as a beige solid, mp = 153-163oC. NMR data was as follows: WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 137- 1H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 400 Mhz): 6 = 8.29 (s, 1H); 7.77 (s, 1H); 7.57 7.52 (m, 2H); 7.37 (d, 1H, J = 8.1Hz); 7.32-7.29 (m, 2H); 7.22-7.19 (m, 1H); 4.40 (dd, 1H, J = 9.9Hz, 4.2Hz); 4.29-4.25 (m, 1H); 3.95-3.87 (m, 1H); 3.82-3.77 (m, 1H); 3.15-3.06 (m, 1H); 2.96-2.85 (m, 1H); 2.61-2.56 5 (m, 1H); 2.27 (s, 1H); 2.22 (s, 1H); 1.81 (t, 1H, J = 7.7Hz); 1.75 (s, 3H); 1.75-1.50 (m, 1H); 1.17-1.15 (m, 111); 1.05-0.94 (m, 1H); 0.92-0.89 (m, 1H). IR (KBr, cm-1): 3400; 2960; 2850; 2500; 1775; 1600; 1450; 1400; 1200; 1175; 1050; 1025; 875; 830; 775; 700; 600; 575; 550. 10 Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB) 428.3 (M+Na); 406.3 (M - H); 319.4; 269.4; 227.4; 205.4; 173.3; 113.12. Example 67 Synthesis of 15 N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-D,L-P-(2-thiazolyl)alanine The methyl ester of the title compound was prepared using the procedure described in Method 3. The ester was hydrolyzed following the procedure described in Method 6 to afford the title compound as a foam. 20 NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 400 MHz): 6 = 8.36 (d, 0.5H, J = 8Hz); 8.24 (d, 0.5H, J = 8Hz); 7.7 (m, 3H); 7.58 (d, 1H, J = 3Hz); 7.4, (m, 2H); 4.65 (m, 1H); 4.14 (m, 0.5H); 4.1 (m, 0.5H); 3.45 (m, 8H); 3.1 (m, 1H); 2.39 (s, 3H); 1.75-1.4 (brd m, 4H). 25 IR (KBr, cm-1): 3425, 2900, 1730, 1660, 1625, 1525, 1510, 1440, 1340, 1160, 1080, 660, 580,550. Mass Spectroscopy: (+FAB) 424 ( [M+H] ); 323; 279; 237; 215; 197; 181; 149; 131; 109. HPLC (Primesphere C-18; 40/60 methanol/.01 M KH2PO4 buffer 30 pH = 3.5; flow rate= 1 ml/min): 16.6 min retention time diasteomer A (49%); 19.1 min retention time diasteomer B (51%).
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 138- Example 68 Synthesis of N-[4-(3-Dimethylaminopropyloxy) benzenesulfonyl]-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 5 4-(Methoxy)benzenesulfonyl chloride was dissolved in CH 2
C
2 and chilled in an ice bath to 0 0 C. To this solution was added the hydrochloride of Pro-Phe-OMe (1 eq.) and TEA (2.2 eq). The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight under a stream of N 2 . The 10 reaction mixture was then concentrated and the residue taken up in EtOAc and H 2 0 and the organic phase was washed with sat. NaHCO3 and brine, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, concentrated to a tacky solid and used without further purification. The solid product was treated with with BBr 3 (lM in
CH
2 Cl 2 , 3.0 eq., -78 'C for one hour then warmed to rt). The reaction was 15 then chilled in an ice bath and quenched with water. Following concentration, the residue was taken-up in EtOAc and water. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated to a foam. The product was esterified with MeOH and HCI gas (0 'C to rt, 16 hours) and purified by column chromatography. This product was then 20 added to a chilled (0 oC) THF solution of triphenylphosphine (1.10 eq), 3 dimethylmino-1-propanol (1.0 eq) and diethyl azodicarboxylate (1.10 eq). The reaction temperature was held at 0OC for 30 minutes and then allowed to warm to room tempetature and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated and taken-up in EtOAc and washed with sat. NaHCO3. The 25 product was than extracted with 0.2 N citric acid, and the aqueous phase washed with EtOAc. The aqueous phase was then made basic with solid NaHCO 3 and the product extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated. The product was purified by preparative TLC. The hydrolysis was performed using 30 Method 7 to yield the title compound as a mixture of diastereomers and was isolated as a white, hygroscopic solid. NMR data was as follows: WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 139- 1 H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 300 MHz): 6 = 7.76 (d, 2H, J = 9.0 Hz); 7.74 (m, 1H); 7.15 - 7.10 (br m, 6 H); 4.07 (t, 2H, J = 5.0 Hz); 3.90 (m, 2H); 3.21 - 2.85 (m, 4H); 2.37 (m, 2H); 2.37 (t, 2H, J = 7.0 Hz); 2.13 (s. 6H); 1.85 (m, 2H); 1.69 (m, 1H); 1.50 - 1.25 (m, 3H). 13C NMR (DMSO 5 d 6 , 75 MHz): 6 = 172.3, 169.7, 162.6, 139.3, 130.3, 130.1, 130.1, 128.1, 127.9, 127.8, 125.9, 125.8, 115.3, 115.2, 66.7, 62.4, 55.8, 55.2, 49.3, 45.5, 36.96, 30.6, 27.0, 23.9. Mass Spectroscopy: (PI-FAB) 548, (M-H+Na) . 10 Example 69 Synthesis of N-(4-Thiocarbamoylbenzenesulfonyl) L-(5,5-dimethyl)thiaprolyl-L-phenylalanine Benzyl Ester 15 The title compound was prepared following the procedure of Example 65 (314). NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (CDCl 3 ): 6 = 8.48 (bs, 1H), 8.24 (bs, 1H), 8.00-7.97 (d, 2H), 7.78-7.75 (d, 2H), 7.29-7.09 (m, 10H), 5.12 (m, 2H), 4.48 (m, 1H), 4.49 20 4.46 (d, 1H), 4.33-4.30 (d, 1H), 3.09 (m, 2H), 1.03-0.99 (d, 6H), 3.91 (s, 1H). 1 H NMR (CDCl 3 ): 8 = 200.5, 171.6, 169.2, 144.3, 138.4, 136.2, 135.6, 130.0, 129.2, 128.8, 128.4, 127.8, 74.1, 68.1, 55.1, 54.1, 51.1, 38.5, 29.8, 24.2, 21.7. 25 Example 70 Synthesis of N-(4-Cyanobenzenesulfonyl)-L-(5,5-dimethyl)thiaprolyl L-phenylalanine Benzyl Ester 30 The title compound was prepared following the procedure outlined for the preparation of Example 29 (71). NMR data was as follows: WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 140- 'H NMR (CDCl 3 ): 8 = 7.95-7.92 (d, 2H), 7.77-7.74 (d, 2H), 7.34-7.33 (m, 10H), 7.19-7.18 (m, 10H), 7.10-7.09 (m, 10H), 6.97-6.95 (d, 1H), 5.15 (m, 2H), 4.91 (m, 1H), 4.47 (s, 2H), 3.10 (m, 2H), 1.19-1.11 (2s, 6H). 13C NMR (CDC1 3 ): a = 171.3, 168.4, 141.0, 136.3, 135.6, 133.7, 5 130.0, 129.2, 127.7, 117.8, 74.1, 68.0, 55.3, 53.86, 51.1, 38.7, 29.9, 24.4. Example 71 Synthesis of 10 N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(thiamorpholyl-3-carbonyl)-L-phenylalanine L-thiamorpholine-5-carboxylic acid was prepared by the method of Larsson and Carlson (Acta Chemica Scan. 48: 517-525 (1994)). N-(toluene 4-sulfonyl)-L-thiamorpholine-5-carboxylic acid was prepared using the 15 procedure described in Method 1. The title compound was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 1 (9). NMR data was as follows: 'H NMR (CD 3 OD): 8 = 7.49-7.04 (m, 9H), 4.62 (m, 1H), 4.47 (m, 1H), 3.88 (m, 1H), 3.12-2.36 (m, 5H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.18-1.92 (m, 5H). 20 13C NMR (CD 3 OD): 8 = 175.1, 174.8, 170.8, 170.7, 146.2, 146.1, 138.9, 138.5, 131.8, 131.1, 130.3, 129.1, 128.7, 57.0, 56.9, 55.7, 45.5, 45.2, 38.9, 38.5, 28.6, 28.1, 26.8, 26.9, 22.3. Example 72 25 Synthesis of N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl) L-[(1,1-dioxo)thiamorpholyl-3-carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine The title compound was prepared from the product of Example 71 (500) 30 using the procedure described by Larsson and Carlson (Acta Chemica Scan. 48,522 (1994)). NMR data was as follows: WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 141 - 1H NMR (CD 3 OD): 6 = 7.54 (m, 2H), 7.17-6.90 (m, 10H), 5.07 (m, 1H), 4.45 (m, 1H), 4.08 (m, 1H), 3.8-3.3 (m, 2H), 3.09-2.6 (m, 5H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H). 13 C NMR (CD 3 OD): 6 = 175.1, 174.5, 168.5, 146.9, 139.5, 138.4, 5 137.8, 132.0, 131.1, 131.6, 130.2, 129.2, 128.8, 126.9, 62.6, 57.8, 57.6, 55.7, 55.5, 51.6, 51.4, 43.8, 43.6, 43.6, 38.7, 38.5, 22.2, 22.1. Example 73 Synthesis of 10 N-(Toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-[(1,1-dioxo)thiamorpholyl 3-carbonyl]-L-phenylalanine Ethyl Ester The title compound was prepared following the procedure outlined for the preparation of Example 72 (501). 15 NMR data was as follows: 1H NMR (CDC13): 6 = 7.72 (d, 1H), 7.63 (d, 1H), 7.35 (m, 7H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 6.80 (d, 0.5H), 6.69 (d, 0.5H), 5.13 (m, 0.5H), 5.00 (m, 0.5H), 4.89 (m, 0.5H), 4.77 (m, 0.5H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.99 (m, 1H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 3.02 (m, 2H), 2.88 (m, 2H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 1.25 (m, 3H). 20 13C NMR (CDC13): 6 = 171.5, 171.4, 165.4, 165.1, 146.1, 136.1, 135.5, 131.2, 130.0, 130.0, 129.3, 129.2, 128.0, 127.8, 62.5, 62.4, 56.8, 56.6, 54.2, 53.9, 50.2, 49.9, 49.4, 49.3, 42.6, 42.3, 38.1, 37.8, 22.3, 14.7. Example 74 25 Synthesis of N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 2-(1-methyl-1,4-dihydropyridinyl-3-amido)ethyl ester A solution of (S,S)-1-methyl-3-[2-(3-phenyl-2-{[(1-toluene-4-sulfonyl) 30 pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]-amino}-propionyloxy)-ethylcarbamoyl]-pyridinium iodide (3.8 g) was prepared in nitrogen degassed water (1000 mL) and acetonitrile (55 mL). At ambient temperature, a mixture of Na 2 S20 4 (2.82 g) and NaHCO 3 (2.268 g) was added at once and the reaction mixture stirred another 3 hours at room temperature while being exposed to a slow nitrogen WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 142 throughput. Thereafter, the aqueous phase was extracted with chloroform (3 x 200 mL), and the organic extracts were combined, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated. The residue was flash chromatographed on 200 g silica gel. Elution with 2% methanol/chloroform gave 800 mg of the titled 5 compound as a solid, mp = 68-72oC. Other compounds prepared by the methods described above include those set forth in Table II below: WO 99/06436 PCTIUS98/15327 -143 - En 0 00 m Z XI UU -4 0 0 CI0 " 11 L? P4 g44 Iz M I U U U U WO 99/06436 PCTIUS98/15327 -- 144- So 0 4 000 00 00 00 00 00 00 0~ C) E Q IC 0 4 ct: IzCsm z 0~e m 'n5 ACI L)o UQ UL -U TI~rF SHFQ 9 Zi u ~ 0 ,- WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/1 5327 -145 - 00 Q 00 00 00 0 N ZY 00 0 1 - I 1 U~. U U U ct Iz I II eq u 144 -4 rn ~S~~ 0 U.u u Cl. 1 C4i ii 1 ii WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 146 - U t WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 147 - Example 95 In vitro Assay For Determining Binding of Candidate Compounds to VLA-4 5 An in vitro assay was used to assess binding of candidate compounds to a 4
[
1 integrin. Compounds which bind in this assay can be used to assess VCAM-1 levels in biological samples by conventional assays (e.g., competitive assays). This assay is sensitive to ICo values as low as about InM. 10 The activity of a4p 1 integrin was measured by the interaction of soluble VCAM-1 with Jurkat cells (e.g., American Type Culture Collection Nos. TIB 152, TIB 153, and CRL 8163), a human T-cell line which expresses high levels of a43 1 integrin. VCAM-1 interacts with the cell surface in an 15 a 4
P
1 integrin-dependent fashion (Yednock, et al. J. Biol. Chem. 270: 28740 (1995)). Recombinant soluble VCAM-1 was expressed as a chimeric fusion protein containing the seven extracellular domains of VCAM-1 on the N 20 terminus and the human IgG 1 heavy chain constant region on the C-terminus. The VCAM-1 fusion protein was made and purified by the manner described by Yednock, supra. Jurkat cells were grown in RPMI 1640 supplemented with 10% fetal 25 bovine serum, penicillin, streptomycin and glutamine as described by Yednock, supra. Jurkat cells were incubated with 1.5 mM MnC1 and 5 pg/mL 15/7 antibody for 30 minutes on ice. Mn z activates the receptor to enhance 30 ligand binding, and 15/7 is a monoclonal antibody that recognizes an activated/ligand occupied conformation of a 4 p 1 integrin and locks the molecule into this conformation, thereby stabilizing the VCAM-1/a 4 1 p, WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 148integrin interaction. Yednock, et al., supra. Antibodies similar to the 15/7 antibody have been prepared by other investigators (Luque, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 271:11067 (1996)) and may be used in this assay. 5 Cells were then incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature with candidate compounds, in various concentrations ranging from 66 pM to 0.01 /M using a standard 5-point serial dilution. 15 tiL soluble recombinant VCAM-1 fusion protein was then added to Jurkat cells and incubated for 30 minutes on ice. (Yednock et al., supra.). 10 Cells were then washed two times and resuspended in PE-conjugated goat F(ab') 2 anti-mouse IgG Fc (Immunotech, Westbrook, ME) at 1:200 and incubated on ice, in the dark, for 30 minutes. Cells were washed twice and analyzed with a standard fluorescence activated cell sorter ("FACS") analysis 15 as described in Yednock, et al., supra. Compounds having an IC 5 0 of less than about 15 1 AM possess binding affinity to a4P 1 . 20 When tested in this assay, each of the compounds in Examples 1-91 has an IC 5 0 of 15 /M or less. Example 96 In vitro Saturation Assay For Determining Binding of 25 Candidate Compounds to a41 1 The following describes an in vitro assay to determine the plasma levels needed for a compound to be active in the Experimental Autoimmune Encephalomyelitis ("EAE") model, described in the next example, or in 30 other in vivo models.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 149 - Log-growth Jurkat cells are washed and resuspended in normal animal plasma containing 20 pg/ml of the 15/7 antibody (described in the above example). 5 The Jurkat cells are diluted two-fold into either normal plasma samples containing known candidate compound amounts in various concentrations ranging from 66 pM to 0.01 pM, using a standard 12 point serial dilution for a standard curve, or into plasma samples obtained from the peripheral blood of candidate compound-treated animals. 10 Cells are then incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature and washed twice with phosphate-buffered saline ("PBS") containing 2% fetal bovine serum and 1mM each of calcium chloride and magnesium chloride (assay medium) to remove unbound 15/7 antibody. 15 The cells are then exposed to phycoerythrin-conjugated goat F(ab') 2 anti mouse IgG Fc (Immunotech, Westbrook, ME), which has been adsorbed for any non-specific cross-reactivity by co-incubation with 5% serum from the animal species being studied, at 1:200 and incubated in the dark at 4 0 C for 20 30 minutes. Cells are washed twice with assay medium and resuspended in the same. They are then analyzed with a standard fluorescence activated cell sorter ("FACS") analysis as described in Yednock et al., J. Biol. Chem. 270: 25 28740 (1995). The data is then graphed as fluorescence versus dose, e.g., in a normal dose-response fashion. The dose levels that result in the upper plateau of the curve represent the levels needed to obtain efficacy in an in vivo model. 30 WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 150 - This assay may also be used to determine the plasma levels needed to saturate the binding sites of other integrins, such as the o[3 1 integrin, which is the integrin most closely related to a4p3 1 (Palmer et al., J. Cell Bio. 123: 1289 (1993)). Such binding is predictive of in vivo utility for inflammatory 5 conditions mediated by aqpl integrin, including, by way of example, airway hyper-responsiveness and occlusion that occurs with chronic asthma, smooth muscle cell proliferation in atherosclerosis, vascular occlusion following angioplasty, fibrosis and glomerular scarring as a result of renal disease, aortic stenosis, hypertrophy of synovial membranes in rheumatoid arthritis, 10 and inflammation and scarring that occur with the progression of ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease. Accordingly, the above-described assay may be performed with a human colon carcinoma cell line, SW 480 (ATTC #CCL228), transfected with 15 cDNA encoding a 9 integrin (Yokosaki et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269: 26691 (1994)), in place of the Jurkat cells, to measure the binding of the 0CP 1 integrin. As a control, SW 480 cells which express other a and P 1 subunits may be used. 20 Accordingly, another aspect of this invention is directed to a method for treating a disease in a mammalian patient, which disease is mediated by O[pl, and which method comprises administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of this invention. Such compounds are preferably administered in a pharmaceutical composition described herein 25 above. Effective daily dosing will depend upon the age, weight and condition of the patient, which factors can be readily ascertained by the attending clinician. However, in a preferred embodiment, the compounds are administered from about 20 to 500 tg/kg per day.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 151 - Example 97 In vivo Evaluation Experimental Autoimmune Encephalomyelitis 5 The standard multiple sclerosis model, Experimental Autoimmune (or Allergic) Encephalomyelitis ("EAE"), was used to determine the effect of candidate compounds to reduce motor impairment in rats or guinea pigs. Reduction in motor impairment is based on blocking adhesion between leukocytes and the endothelium and correlates with anti-inflammatory 10 activity in the candidate compound. This model has been previously described by Keszthelyi et al., Neurology 47:1053-1059 (1996), and measures the delay of onset of disease. Brains and spinal cords of adult Hartley guinea pigs were homogenized 15 in an equal volume of phosphate-buffered saline. An equal volume of Freund's complete adjuvant (100 mg mycobacterium tuberculosis plus 10 ml Freund's incomplete adjuvant) was added to the homogenate. The mixture was emulsified by circulating it repeatedly through a 20 ml syringe with a peristaltic pump for about 20 minutes. 20 Female Lewis rats (2-3 months old, 170-220 g) or Hartley guinea pigs (20 day old, 180-200 g) were anesthetized with isoflurane and three injections of the emulsion, 0.1 ml each, were made in each flank. Motor impairment onset is seen in approximately 9 days. 25 Candidate compound treatment began on Day 8, just before onset of symptoms. Compounds were administered subcutaneously ("SC"), orally ("PO") or intraperitoneally ("IP"). Doses were given in a range of 10mg/kg to 200 mg/kg, bid, for five days, with typical dosing of 10 to 100 mg/kg SC, 30 10 to 50 mg/kg PO, and 10 to 100 mg/kg IP.
WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 152- Antibody GG5/3 against a 4 p 1 integrin (Keszthelyi et al., Neurology 47:1053-1059 (1996)), which delays the onset of symptoms, was used as a positive control and was injected subcutaneously at 3 mg/kg on Day 8 and 11. 5 Body weight and motor impairment were measured daily. Motor impairment was rated with the following clinical score: 0 no change 10 1 tail weakness or paralysis 2 hindlimb weakness 3 hindlimb paralysis 4 moribund or dead 15 A candidate compound was considered active if it delayed the onset of symptoms, e.g., produced clinical scores no greater than 2 or slowed body weight loss as compared to the control. 20 When tested in this in vivo assay, at least the compound of Example 3 was active. Example 98 In vivo Evaluation - Asthma 25 Inflammatory conditions mediated by a 4 p 1 integrin include, for example, airway hyper-responsiveness and occlusion that occurs with chronic asthma. The following describes an asthma model which can be used to study the in vivo effects of the compounds of this invention for use in treating asthma. 30 Following the procedures described by Abraham et al, J. Clin. Invest. 93:776-787 (1994) and Abraham et al, Am J. Respir Crit Care Med. 156:696-703 (1997), both of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety, compounds of this invention are formulated into an aerosol and WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 153 administered to sheep which are hypersensitive to Ascaris suum antigen. Compounds which decrease the early antigen-induced bronchial response and/or block the late-phase airway response, e.g., have a protective effect against antigen-induced late responses and airway hyper-responsiveness 5 ("AHR"), are considered to be active in this model. Allergic sheep which are shown to develop both early and late bronchial responses to inhaled Ascaris suum antigen are used to study the airway effects of the candidate compounds. Following topical anesthesia of the 10 nasal passages with 2% lidocaine, a balloon catheter is advanced through one nostril into the lower esophagus. The animals are then intubated with a cuffed endotracheal tube through the other nostril with a flexible fiberoptic bronchoscope as a guide. 15 Pleural pressure is estimated according to Abraham (1994). Aerosols (see formulation below) are generated using a disposable medical nebulizer that provides an aerosol with a mass median aerodynamic diameter of 3.2 gm as determined with an Andersen cascade impactor. The nebulizer is connected to a dosimeter system consisting of a solenoid valve and a source 20 of compressed air (20 psi). The output of the nebulizer is directed into a plastic T-piece, one end of which is connected to the inspiratory port of a piston respirator. The solenoid valve is activated for 1 second at the beginning of the inspiratory cycle of the respirator. Aerosols are delivered at VT of 500 ml and a rate of 20 breaths/minute. A 0.5% sodium 25 bicarbonate solution only is used as a control. To assess bronchial responsiveness, cumulative concentration-response curves to carbachol can be generated according to Abraham (1994). Bronchial biopsies can be taken prior to and following the initiation of WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 154 treatment and 24 hours after antigen challenge. Bronchial biopsies can be preformed according to Abraham (1994). An in vitro adhesion study of alveolar macrophages can also be 5 performed according to Abraham (1994), and a percentage of adherent cells is calculated. Aerosol Formulation A solution of the candidate compound in 0.5% sodium 10 bicarbonate/saline (w/v) at a concentration of 30.0 mg/mL is prepared using the following procedure: A. Preparation of 100.0 mL of 0.5% Sodium Bicarbonate / Saline Stock Solution 15 Ingredient Gram / 100.0 mL Final Concentration Sodium Bicarbonate 0.5 g 0.5% Saline q.s. ad 100.0 mL q.s. ad 100% 20 Procedure: 1. Add 0.5g sodium bicarbonate into a 100 mL volumetric flask. 2. Add approximately 90.0 mL saline and sonicate until dissolved. 3. Q.S. to 100.0 mL with saline and mix thoroughly. 25 B. Preparation of 30.0 mg/mL Candidate Compound: 10.0 mL Ingredient Gram / 10.0 mL Final Concentration Candidate Compound 0.300 g 30.0 mg/mL 0.5% Sodium Bicarbonate / q.s. ad 10.0 mL q.s ad 100% 30 Saline Stock Solution WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 155- Procedure: 1. Add 0.300 g of the candidate compound into a 10.0 mL volumetric flask. 2. Add approximately 9.7 mL of 0.5% sodium bicarbonate / saline 5 stock solution. 3. Sonicate until the candidate compound is completely dissolved. 4. Q.S. to 10.0 mL with 0.5% sodium bicarbonate / saline stock solution and mix thoroughly. 10 Using a conventional oral formulation, compounds of this invention would be active in this model.
Claims (14)
1. A compound of formula I: R 3 O0 I I R'-S 2 -N(R 2 )--C-Q-CH-C-OHI H R 5 where R' is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocylic, heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl; R 2 and R 3 , together with the nitrogen atom bound to R 2 and the carbon atom bound to R 3 ' form a saturated heterocyclic group or a saturated substituted heterocyclic group with the proviso that when monosubstituted, the substituent on said saturated heterocyclic group is not carboxyl; R 5 is selected from the group consisting of -(CH 2 )n-aryl and -(CH 2 )n-heteroaryl, where n is an integer equal to 1 to 4; Q is -C(X)NR 7 - wherein R 7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, and X is selected from the group consisting of oxygen and sulfur; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof with the proviso that when R is 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, R 2 and R 3 together with the pendent nitrogen and carbon atoms form a pyrrolidinyl ring and Q is -C(0)NH-, then R 5 is not benzyl.
2. A compound of formula II: R 3 O R'-S0 2 -N(R 2 )-C-Q-CH-C-R 6 II H R 5 WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 157- R' is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocylic, heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl; R 2 and R 3 , together with the nitrogen atom bound to R 2 and the carbon 5 atom bound to R 3 , form a saturated heterocyclic group or a saturated substituted heterocyclic group with the proviso that when monosubstituted, the substituent on said saturated heterocyclic group is not carboxyl; R 5 is selected from the group consisting of -(CH 2 )n-aryl and -(CH 2 )n-heteroaryl, where n is an integer equal to 1 to 4; 10 R 6 is selected from the group consisting of amino, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, substituted cycloalkoxy, -O-(N-succinimidyl), -NH adamantyl, -O-cholest-5-en-3-p-yl, -NHOY where Y is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, and substituted aryl, -NH(CH 2 )pCOOY where p is an integer of from 1 to 8 and Y is as defined above, -OCH 2 NR 9 Ro where R 9 is 15 selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-aryl and -C(O)-substituted aryl and R"o is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and -CH 2 COOR" where R" is alkyl, and -NHSO 2 Z where Z is alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic; 20 Q is -C(X)NR 7 - wherein R 7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, and X is selected from the group consisting of oxygen and sulfur; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, with the following provisos: 25 A. when R 1 is 4-methylphenyl, R 2 and R 3 together with the pendent nitrogen and carbon atoms form a pyrrolidin-2-yl ring, R 5 is benzyl and Q is -C(O)NH-, then R 6 is not -NH(CH2) 2 CO 2 Et or -(1R,2S,5R)-(-)-menthyl ester; B. when R' is 4-methylphenyl, R 2 and R 3 together with the pendent nitrogen and carbon atoms form a 3-p-phenyl-D-pyrrolidin-2-yl ring, R is 30 benzyl and Q is -C(O)NH-, then R 6 is not -OCH 2 CH 3 ; WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 158- C. when R' is 1-N-methyl-3-methyl-5-chloropyrazol-4-yl, R 2 and R 3 together with the pendent nitrogen and carbon atoms form a pyrrolidin-2-yl ring, R 5 is benzyl and Q is -C(O)NH-, then R 6 is not -OCH 3 ; D. when R' is 4-methylphenyl, R 2 and R 3 together with the pendent 5 nitrogen and carbon atoms form a pyrrolidin-2-yl ring, R is D-benzyl and Q is -C(O)NH-, then R 6 is not -OCH 2 CH 3 ; and E. when R 1 is 4-methylphenyl, R 2 and R 3 together with the pendent nitrogen and carbon atoms form a 5,5-dimethyl-1,1-dioxo-thiaprolyl ring, R 5 is benzyl and Q is -C(O)NH-, then R 6 is not -OC(CH 3 ) 3 . 10
3. The compound according to Claims 1 or 2, wherein R 1 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, substituted aryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocylic, heteroaryl and substituted heteroaryl. 15 4. The compound according to Claims 1 or 2, wherein R' is selected from the group consisting of 4-methylphenyl, methyl, benzyl, n-butyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, phenyl, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 2-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl, 2-carboxyphenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 20 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl, 4-(CH 3 C(O)NH-)phenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 4 cyanophenyl, isopropyl, 3,5-di-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, 4-t-butylphenyl, 4-t butoxyphenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 2-thienyl, 1-N-methyl-3-methyl-5 chloropyrazol-4-yl, phenethyl, 1-N-methylimidazol-4-yl, 4-bromophenyl,
4-amidinophenyl, 4-methylamidinophenyl, 4-[CH 3 SC(=NH)]phenyl, 25 5-chloro-2-thienyl, 2,5-dichloro-4-thienyl, 1-N-methyl-4-pyrazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 5-methyl-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl, 4-[H 2 NC(S)]phenyl, 4-aminophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 3,5 difluorophenyl, pyridin-3-yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, and 4-(3'-dimethylamino-n propoxy)-phenyl. 30 WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 159-
5. The compound according to Claims 1 or 2, wherein R 2 and R 3 together with the nitrogen atom bound to the R 2 substituent and the carbon bound to the R 3 substituent form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group of 4 to 6 ring atoms having 1 to 2 heteroatoms in the ring selected 5 from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, which ring is optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluoro, methyl, hydroxy, amino, phenyl, thiophenyl and thiobenzyl, or can be fused to another saturated heterocyclic or cycloalkyl ring such as a cyclohexyl ring to provide for a fused ring heterocycle of from 10 10 to 14 ring atoms having 1 to 2 heteroatoms in the ring selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
6. A compound according to Claims 1 or 2, wherein the R 2 and R 3 heterocyclic ring is selected from the group consisting of azetidin-2-yl, 15 thiazolidin-4-yl, piperidin-2-yl, piperizin-2-yl, thiomorpholin-3-yl and pyrrolidin-2-yl.
7. The compound according to Claims 1 or 2, wherein the R 2 and R 3 substituted heterocyclic ring is selected from the group consisting of 20 4-hydroxypyrrolidin-2-yl, 4-fluoropyrrolidin-2-yl, 3-phenylpyrrolidin-2-yl, 3-thiophenylpyrrolidin-2-yl, 4-aminopyrrolidin-2-yl, 3-methoxypyrrolidin-2 yl, 4,4-dimethylpyrrolidin-2-yl, 4-N-Cbz-piperizin-2-yl, 5,5-dimethyl thiazolidin-4-yl, 1,1-dioxo-thiazolidin-4-yl, L-1,1-dioxo-5,5 dimethylthiazolidin-4-yl and 1,1-dioxothiomorpholinyl. 25
8. The compound according to Claims 1 or 2, wherein R is selected from the group consisting of benzyl, phenethyl, -CH 2 -(3-indolyl), -CH 2 -(1-naphthyl), -CH 2 -(2-naphthyl), -CH 2 -(2-thienyl), -CH 2 -(3-pyridyl), -CH 2 -(5-imidazolyl), -CH 2 -3-(1,2,4-triazolyl) and -CH 2 -(2-thiazolyl). 30 WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 160 -
9. The compound according to Claim 2, wherein R 6 is selected from the group consisting of methoxy, ethoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, t-butoxy, cyclopentoxy, neo-pentoxy, 2-a-iso-propyl-4-p methylcyclohexoxy, 2-p-isopropyl-4-p-methylcyclohexoxy, 5 -NH 2 , benzyloxy, -NHCH 2 COOH, -NHCH 2 CH 2 COOH, -NH-adamantyl, -NHCH 2 CH 2 COOCH 2 CH 3 , -NHSO 2 -p-CH 3 -4, -NHOR 8 where R 8 is hydrogen, methyl, iso-propyl or benzyl, O-(N-succinimidyl), -O-cholest-5-en-3-p-yl, -OCH 2 -OC(O)C(CH 3 ) 3 , -O(CH2)zNHC(O)W where z is 1 or 2 and W is selected from the group consisting of pyrid-3-yl, N 10 methylpyridyl, and N-methyl-1,4-dihydro-pyrid-3-yl and -NR"C(O)-R' where R' is aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclic and R" is hydrogen or -CH 2 C(O)OCH 2 CH 3 .
10. A compound selected from the group consisting of: 15 N-(methanesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(a-toluenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 20 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-(N-methyl)phenylalanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-pipecolinyl-L-phenylalanine 25 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-D-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(4-hydroxy)prolyl-L-phenylalanine 30 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-D,L-homophenylalanine N-(4-chlorobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(1-naphthalenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 35 N-(2-naphthalenelsulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(4-methoxybenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 161 - N-(4-tert-butylbenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(4-fluoro)prolyl-L-phenylalanine 5 N-(n-butanesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(5,5-dimethyl)thiaprolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(2-methoxycarbonylbenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 10 N-(2-carboxybenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-thiaprolyl-L-phenylalanine 15 N-(3,5-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(4-trifluoromethoxybenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(3,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 20 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-D,L-(3-phenyl)prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(3,4-dimethoxybenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 25 N-(4-nitrobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(4-acetamidobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(4-cyanobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 30 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-tryptophan N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-p-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine 35 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-p-(2-naphthyl)-L-alanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-p-(2-thienyl)-L-alanine N-(isopropanesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 40 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-0-(3-pyridyl)-L-alanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(4-phenylthio)prolyl-L-phenylalanine 45 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-(4-benzy1thio)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 162 - N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-histidine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(4-amino)prolyl-L-phenylalanine 5 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalaninamide N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine benzyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine ethyl ester 10 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-methoxyamide N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-benzyloxyamide 15 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(toluene-4 sulfonyl)amide N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalaninyl-P-alanine 20 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-hydroxyamide N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine isopropyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(4-hydroxy)prolyl-L-phenylalanine 25 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalaninyl-(N-benzoyl)glycine ethyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(4-fluoro)prolyl-L-phenylalanine benzyl ester 30 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-thiaprolyl-L-phenylalanine benzyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(5,5-dimethyl)thiaprolyl-L-phenylalanine benzyl ester 35 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(5,5-dimethyl)thiaprolyl-L-phenylalanine ethyl ester N-(2-methoxycarbonylbenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine benzyl 40 ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(3-phenyl)prolyl-L-phenylalanine ethyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(4-methoxy)prolyl-L-phenylalanine 45 WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 163 - N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine (1S,2R,5S)-(+) menthyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-hydroxysuccinimide 5 ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 2-(nicotinamido)ethyl ester 10 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 2-(1-methylpyridinium 3-amido)ethyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine cholesteryl ester 15 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 2-(1-methyl-1,4 dihydropyridinyl-3-amido)ethyl ester N-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine methyl ester 20 N-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(5-chloro-1,3-dimethylpyrazole-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(2-phenylethanesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 25 N-(1-methylimidazole-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine methyl ester N-(1-methylimidazole-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 30 N-(4-amidinobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine methyl ester N-(4-amidinobenzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(4-thiomethoxyimidatylbenzene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine 35 methyl ester N-[4-(N-methylthioamido)benzenesulfonyl]-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine methyl ester 40 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-D,L-P-(1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)alanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-D,L-P-(thiazol-2-yl)alanine N-[4-(3-dimethylaminopropyloxy)benzenesulfonyl]-L-prolyl-L 45 phenylalanine WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 164- N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-pyrrolidin-2-yl-thiocarbonyl-L-phenylalanine N-(4-thiocarbamoylbenzenesulfonyl)-L-(5,5-dimethyl)thiaprolyl-L phenylalanine benzyl ester 5 N-(4-cyanobenzenesulfonyl)-L-(5,5-dimethyl)thiaprolyl-L-phenylalanine benzyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-D-phenylalanine 10 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(thiamorpholin-3-carbonyl)-L-phenylalanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-[(1,1-dioxo)thiamorpholin-3-carbonyl]-L phenylalanine 15 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(3,3-dimethyl)prolyl-L-phenylalanine N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(5,5-dimethyl- 1,1 -dioxo)thiaprolyl-L phenylalanine 20 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-[(1,1-dioxo)thiamorpholin-3-carbonyl]-L phenylalanine ethyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine tert-butyl ester 25 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-pyrrolidin-2-yl-thiocarbonyl-L-phenylalanine methyl ester N-(benzenesulfonyl)-L-prolyl-L-phenylalanine methyl ester 30 N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(5-oxo)prolyl-L-phenylalanine ethyl ester N-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-L-(5-oxo)prolyl-L-phenylalanine 35 and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof as well as any of the ester compounds recited above wherein one ester is replaced with another ester selected from the group consisting of methyl ester, ethyl ester, n-propyl ester, isopropyl ester, n-butyl ester, isobutyl ester, sec-butyl ester and tert butyl ester. 40
11. A method for binding VLA-4 in a biological sample which method comprises contacting the biological sample with a compound WO 99/06436 PCT/US98/15327 -- 165 - according to Claim 1 or 2 under conditions wherein said compound binds to VLA-4.
12. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically 5 acceptable carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the compounds of Claims 1 or 2.
13. A method for the treatment of an inflammatory disease in a patient mediated by VLA-4 which method comprises administering to the 10 patient the pharmaceutical composition of Claim 12.
14. The method according to Claim 13 wherein said inflammatory disease is selected from the group consisting of asthma, Alzheimer's disease, atherosclerosis, AIDS dementia, diabetes (including acute juvenile onset 15 diabetis), inflammatory bowel disease (including ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease), multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, tissue transplantation, tumor metastasis, meningitis, encephalitis, stroke and other cerebral traumas, nephritis, retinitis, atopic dermatitis, psoriasis, myocardial ischemia and acute leukocyte-mediated lung injury such as that which occurs 20 in adult respiratory distress syndrome.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US90358597A | 1997-07-31 | 1997-07-31 | |
| US08903585 | 1997-07-31 | ||
| PCT/US1998/015327 WO1999006436A1 (en) | 1997-07-31 | 1998-07-31 | Benzyl compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by vla-4 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| AU8585198A true AU8585198A (en) | 1999-02-22 |
Family
ID=25417733
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| AU85851/98A Abandoned AU8585198A (en) | 1997-07-31 | 1998-07-31 | Benzyl compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by vla-4 |
Country Status (12)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP1001975A1 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP2001512138A (en) |
| KR (1) | KR20010022413A (en) |
| CN (1) | CN1265675A (en) |
| AU (1) | AU8585198A (en) |
| BR (1) | BR9811573A (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2291473A1 (en) |
| HU (1) | HUP0002680A3 (en) |
| IL (1) | IL133635A0 (en) |
| NO (1) | NO20000414L (en) |
| PL (1) | PL338510A1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO1999006436A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (58)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US6903075B1 (en) | 1997-05-29 | 2005-06-07 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Heterocyclic amide compounds as cell adhesion inhibitors |
| JP2002501518A (en) * | 1997-05-30 | 2002-01-15 | セルテック セラピューティックス リミテッド | Anti-inflammatory tyrosine derivative |
| GB2365338B (en) * | 1997-06-14 | 2002-04-03 | Enzacta R & D Ltd | Therapeutic systems |
| ATE249421T1 (en) | 1997-06-23 | 2003-09-15 | Tanabe Seiyaku Co | INHIBITORS OF ALPHA4-BETA1-MEDIATED CELL ADHESION |
| US6583139B1 (en) | 1997-07-31 | 2003-06-24 | Eugene D. Thorsett | Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4 |
| US6939855B2 (en) | 1997-07-31 | 2005-09-06 | Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Anti-inflammatory compositions and method |
| US6423688B1 (en) | 1997-07-31 | 2002-07-23 | Athena Neurosciences, Inc. | Dipeptide and related compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4 |
| US6559127B1 (en) | 1997-07-31 | 2003-05-06 | Athena Neurosciences, Inc. | Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4 |
| US6362341B1 (en) | 1997-07-31 | 2002-03-26 | Athena Neurosciences, Inc. | Benzyl compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4 |
| US6489300B1 (en) | 1997-07-31 | 2002-12-03 | Eugene D. Thorsett | Carbamyloxy compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4 |
| US6492421B1 (en) | 1997-07-31 | 2002-12-10 | Athena Neurosciences, Inc. | Substituted phenylalanine type compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4 |
| US7030114B1 (en) | 1997-07-31 | 2006-04-18 | Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4 |
| US6197794B1 (en) * | 1998-01-08 | 2001-03-06 | Celltech Therapeutics Limited | Phenylalanine derivatives |
| MY153569A (en) | 1998-01-20 | 2015-02-27 | Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corp | Inhibitors of ?4 mediated cell adhesion |
| US6329372B1 (en) | 1998-01-27 | 2001-12-11 | Celltech Therapeutics Limited | Phenylalanine derivatives |
| ATE273273T1 (en) | 1998-02-26 | 2004-08-15 | Celltech Therapeutics Ltd | PHENYLALANINE DERIVATIVES AS INHIBITORS OF ALPHA4 INTEGRINS |
| US6521626B1 (en) | 1998-03-24 | 2003-02-18 | Celltech R&D Limited | Thiocarboxamide derivatives |
| GB9811159D0 (en) * | 1998-05-22 | 1998-07-22 | Celltech Therapeutics Ltd | Chemical compounds |
| GB9811969D0 (en) * | 1998-06-03 | 1998-07-29 | Celltech Therapeutics Ltd | Chemical compounds |
| US6685617B1 (en) | 1998-06-23 | 2004-02-03 | Pharmacia & Upjohn Company | Inhibitors of α4β1 mediated cell adhesion |
| GB9814414D0 (en) | 1998-07-03 | 1998-09-02 | Celltech Therapeutics Ltd | Chemical compounds |
| US6333340B1 (en) * | 1998-08-14 | 2001-12-25 | Gpi Nil Holdings, Inc. | Small molecule sulfonamides for vision and memory disorders |
| US6339101B1 (en) * | 1998-08-14 | 2002-01-15 | Gpi Nil Holdings, Inc. | N-linked sulfonamides of N-heterocyclic carboxylic acids or isosteres for vision and memory disorders |
| GB9919776D0 (en) * | 1998-08-31 | 1999-10-27 | Zeneca Ltd | Compoujnds |
| GB9821061D0 (en) | 1998-09-28 | 1998-11-18 | Celltech Therapeutics Ltd | Chemical compounds |
| GB9821222D0 (en) | 1998-09-30 | 1998-11-25 | Celltech Therapeutics Ltd | Chemical compounds |
| GB9825652D0 (en) | 1998-11-23 | 1999-01-13 | Celltech Therapeutics Ltd | Chemical compounds |
| GB9826174D0 (en) | 1998-11-30 | 1999-01-20 | Celltech Therapeutics Ltd | Chemical compounds |
| US6407066B1 (en) | 1999-01-26 | 2002-06-18 | Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pyroglutamic acid derivatives and related compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4 |
| US6518283B1 (en) | 1999-05-28 | 2003-02-11 | Celltech R&D Limited | Squaric acid derivatives |
| US6534513B1 (en) | 1999-09-29 | 2003-03-18 | Celltech R&D Limited | Phenylalkanoic acid derivatives |
| DE60043308D1 (en) * | 1999-12-16 | 2009-12-24 | Biogen Idec Inc | METHOD FOR TREATING THE INJURY OF THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM BY ISCHEMIA OR BY HEMORRHAGIA WITH ANTAGONISTS OF ALPHA4 INTEGRIN |
| US6455539B2 (en) | 1999-12-23 | 2002-09-24 | Celltech R&D Limited | Squaric acid derivates |
| JP2003519697A (en) | 1999-12-28 | 2003-06-24 | ファイザー・プロダクツ・インク | Non-peptide VLA-4-dependent cell binding inhibitors useful for the treatment of inflammatory diseases, autoimmune diseases and respiratory diseases |
| ES2295150T3 (en) | 2000-04-17 | 2008-04-16 | Ucb Pharma, S.A. | ENAMINE DERIVATIVES AS CELLULAR ADHESION MOLECULES. |
| US6403608B1 (en) | 2000-05-30 | 2002-06-11 | Celltech R&D, Ltd. | 3-Substituted isoquinolin-1-yl derivatives |
| US6545013B2 (en) | 2000-05-30 | 2003-04-08 | Celltech R&D Limited | 2,7-naphthyridine derivatives |
| US6960597B2 (en) | 2000-06-30 | 2005-11-01 | Orth-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. | Aza-bridged-bicyclic amino acid derivatives as α4 integrin antagonists |
| EP1301488A1 (en) | 2000-07-07 | 2003-04-16 | Celltech R&D Limited | Squaric acid derivatives containing a bicyclic heteroaromatic ring as integrin antagonists |
| AU2001275724A1 (en) | 2000-08-02 | 2002-02-13 | Celltech R&D Limited | 3-substituted isoquinolin-1-yl derivatives |
| MY129000A (en) | 2000-08-31 | 2007-03-30 | Tanabe Seiyaku Co | INHIBITORS OF a4 MEDIATED CELL ADHESION |
| JP2005022976A (en) * | 2001-07-18 | 2005-01-27 | Ajinomoto Co Inc | Carboxylic acid derivative |
| MY140707A (en) | 2002-02-28 | 2010-01-15 | Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corp | Process for preparing a phenylalanine derivative and intermediates thereof |
| IL164212A0 (en) * | 2002-03-28 | 2005-12-18 | Applied Research Systems | Thiazolidine carboxamide derivatives, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
| CA2514125A1 (en) * | 2003-01-24 | 2004-08-12 | Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Composition for and treatment of demyelinating diseases and paralysis by administration of remyelinating agents |
| EP1753421B1 (en) * | 2004-04-20 | 2012-08-01 | Amgen Inc. | Arylsulfonamides and uses as hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase |
| ES2383123T3 (en) * | 2004-06-29 | 2012-06-18 | Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | FKBP binding composition and its pharmaceutical use |
| EP2510941A3 (en) | 2007-02-20 | 2013-01-23 | Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of treating multiple sclerosis by administration of alpha-fetoprotein in combination with an integrin antagonist |
| PL2288715T3 (en) | 2008-04-11 | 2015-03-31 | Merrimack Pharmaceuticals Inc | Human serum albumin linkers and conjugates thereof |
| EA201291065A1 (en) | 2010-04-16 | 2013-03-29 | Байоджен Айдек Ма Инк. | ANTIBODIES AGAINST VLA-4 |
| CN102675244B (en) * | 2011-03-16 | 2016-03-30 | 中国人民解放军军事医学科学院毒物药物研究所 | Thiazine amide derivatives and in the purposes preparing neurodegenerative disease medicine |
| US20170002077A1 (en) | 2014-03-13 | 2017-01-05 | Prothena Biosciences Limited | Combination treatment for multiple sclerosis |
| WO2019236417A1 (en) | 2018-06-04 | 2019-12-12 | Biogen Ma Inc. | Anti-vla-4 antibodies having reduced effector function |
| CA3115830C (en) | 2018-10-30 | 2023-09-12 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Compounds for inhibition of .alpha.4.beta.7 integrin |
| IL282545B2 (en) | 2018-10-30 | 2025-04-01 | Gilead Sciences Inc | Quinoline derivatives as alpha4beta7 integrin inhibitors |
| KR102641718B1 (en) | 2018-10-30 | 2024-02-29 | 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 | Imidazopyridine derivatives as alpha4beta7 integrin inhibitors |
| WO2020092383A1 (en) | 2018-10-30 | 2020-05-07 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Compounds for inhibition of alpha 4 beta 7 integrin |
| KR102908219B1 (en) | 2019-08-14 | 2026-01-08 | 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 | Compounds that inhibit alpha 4 beta 7 integrins |
Family Cites Families (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH04154732A (en) * | 1990-10-18 | 1992-05-27 | Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd | Optical resolution method |
| WO1995015973A1 (en) * | 1993-12-06 | 1995-06-15 | Cytel Corporation | Cs-1 peptidomimetics, compositions and methods of using the same |
| US6306840B1 (en) * | 1995-01-23 | 2001-10-23 | Biogen, Inc. | Cell adhesion inhibitors |
-
1998
- 1998-07-31 AU AU85851/98A patent/AU8585198A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1998-07-31 KR KR1020007000993A patent/KR20010022413A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1998-07-31 HU HU0002680A patent/HUP0002680A3/en unknown
- 1998-07-31 EP EP98937054A patent/EP1001975A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1998-07-31 PL PL98338510A patent/PL338510A1/en unknown
- 1998-07-31 IL IL13363598A patent/IL133635A0/en unknown
- 1998-07-31 BR BR9811573-1A patent/BR9811573A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1998-07-31 CN CN98807764A patent/CN1265675A/en active Pending
- 1998-07-31 CA CA002291473A patent/CA2291473A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1998-07-31 WO PCT/US1998/015327 patent/WO1999006436A1/en not_active Ceased
- 1998-07-31 JP JP2000505191A patent/JP2001512138A/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2000
- 2000-01-27 NO NO20000414A patent/NO20000414L/en not_active Application Discontinuation
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| WO1999006436A1 (en) | 1999-02-11 |
| HUP0002680A3 (en) | 2001-12-28 |
| KR20010022413A (en) | 2001-03-15 |
| CA2291473A1 (en) | 1999-02-11 |
| IL133635A0 (en) | 2001-04-30 |
| JP2001512138A (en) | 2001-08-21 |
| NO20000414D0 (en) | 2000-01-27 |
| HUP0002680A2 (en) | 2001-07-30 |
| PL338510A1 (en) | 2000-11-06 |
| EP1001975A1 (en) | 2000-05-24 |
| BR9811573A (en) | 2000-09-19 |
| CN1265675A (en) | 2000-09-06 |
| NO20000414L (en) | 2000-03-28 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| EP1001974B1 (en) | 4-amino-phenylalanine type compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by vla-4 | |
| AU8585198A (en) | Benzyl compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by vla-4 | |
| EP1000051B1 (en) | Carbamyloxy compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by vla-4 | |
| AU8678698A (en) | Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by vla-4 | |
| AU8585098A (en) | Dipeptide and related compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by vla-4 | |
| US7320960B2 (en) | Carbamyloxy compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4 | |
| WO1999006435A1 (en) | Dipeptide compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by vla-4 | |
| AU8661198A (en) | Substituted phenylalanine type compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by vla-4 | |
| US6949570B2 (en) | Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4 | |
| US6423688B1 (en) | Dipeptide and related compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4 | |
| US6362341B1 (en) | Benzyl compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4 | |
| US6291453B1 (en) | 4-amino-phenylalanine type compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4 | |
| US7030114B1 (en) | Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4 | |
| US7166580B2 (en) | Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VLA-4 | |
| EP1150997A1 (en) | Compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by vla-4 | |
| MXPA00000708A (en) | Benzyl compounds which inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by vla-4 |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| MK5 | Application lapsed section 142(2)(e) - patent request and compl. specification not accepted |